Document:

Form of Medium-Term Notes, Series K, Securities Linked to the iShares MSCI Emerg

 Exhibit 4.1 
 [Face of Note] 
 Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized
representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to the Company or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede &
Co. or in such other name as requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR
VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein. 
  

			
	CUSIP NO. 94986RNE7	  	FACE AMOUNT: $                    
	REGISTERED NO.     	  	

 WELLS FARGO & COMPANY 

MEDIUM-TERM NOTE, SERIES K 
 Due Nine Months or More From Date of Issue 

Securities Linked to the iShares® MSCI Emerging 
 Markets Index Fund

 WELLS FARGO & COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware
(hereinafter called the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & Co., or registered assigns, an amount equal
to the Redemption Amount (as defined below), in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts, on the Stated Maturity Date. The “Initial Stated
Maturity Date” shall be August 19, 2014. If no Market Disruption Event (as defined below) occurs or is continuing on the scheduled Calculation Day (as defined below), the Initial Stated Maturity Date will be the “Stated
Maturity Date.” If a Market Disruption Event occurs or is continuing on the scheduled Calculation Day, the “Stated Maturity Date” shall be the later of (i) three Business Days (as defined below) after the postponed
Calculation Day and (ii) the Initial Stated Maturity Date. This Security shall not bear any interest. 
 Any payments on
this Security at Maturity will be made against presentation of this Security at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the City of Minneapolis, Minnesota and at any other office or agency maintained by the Company for
such purpose. 
 “Face Amount” shall mean, when used with respect to this Security, the amount set forth on the
face of this Security as its “Face Amount.” 

 Determination of Redemption Amount 

The “Redemption Amount” of this Security will equal: 

 

	 	•	if the Ending Price is greater than the Starting Price: the lesser of: 

  

	 	(i)	the Face Amount plus: 

  

 
  

	 	(ii)	the Capped Value; 

  

	 	•	if the Ending Price is less than or equal to the Starting Price, but greater than or equal to the Threshold Price: the Face Amount; or 

 

	 	•	if the Ending Price is less than the Threshold Price: 

  

 
 The “Fund” shall mean the iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Index Fund. 

The “Pricing Date” shall mean February 7, 2013. 

The “Starting Price” is $43.53, the Fund Closing Price of the Fund on the Pricing Date. 

The “Ending Price” will be the Fund Closing Price of the Fund on the Calculation Day. 

The “Fund Closing Price” with respect to the Fund on any Trading Day means the product of (i) the Closing Price of
one share of the Fund (or one unit of any other security for which a Fund Closing Price must be determined) on such Trading Day and (ii) the Adjustment Factor on such Trading Day. 

The “Closing Price” with respect to a share of the Fund (or one unit of any other security for which a Closing Price
must be determined) on any Trading Day means the price, at the scheduled weekday closing time, without regard to after hours or any other trading outside the regular trading session hours, of the share on the principal United States securities
exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, on which the share (or any such other security) is listed or admitted to trading. 
 The “Adjustment Factor” means, with respect to a share of the Fund (or one unit of any other security for which a Fund Closing Price must be determined), 1.0, subject to adjustment in the
event of certain events affecting the shares of the Fund. See “—Anti-dilution Adjustments Relating to the Fund; Alternate Calculation —Anti-dilution Adjustments” below. 

  
 2 

 The “Capped Value” is 115% of the Face Amount of this Security. 

The “Threshold Price” is $39.177, which is equal to 90% of the Starting Price. 

The “Participation Rate” is 150%. 
 The “Multiplier” is equal to the Starting Price divided by the Threshold Price. 
 The “Underlying Index” shall mean the MSCI Emerging Markets Index. 
 “Business Day” shall mean a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or regulation
to close in New York, New York. 
 A “Trading Day” with respect to the Fund means a day, as determined by the
Calculation Agent, on which the Relevant Exchange (as defined below) and each Related Exchange (as defined below) with respect to the Fund, or any successor thereto, if applicable, are scheduled to be open for trading for their respective regular
trading sessions. 
 The “Relevant Exchange” for the Fund means the primary exchange or quotation system on
which shares (or other applicable securities) of the Fund are traded, as determined by the Calculation Agent. 
 The
“Related Exchange” for the Fund means each exchange or quotation system where trading has a material effect (as determined by the Calculation Agent) on the overall market for futures or options contracts relating to the Fund.

 The “Calculation Day” shall be August 14, 2014 or, if such day is not a Trading Day, the next
succeeding Trading Day. The Calculation Day is subject to postponement due to the occurrence of a Market Disruption Event. If a Market Disruption Event occurs or is continuing with respect to the Fund on the Calculation Day, such Calculation Day
will be postponed to the first succeeding Trading Day on which a Market Disruption Event has not occurred and is not continuing. If such first succeeding Trading Day has not occurred as of the eighth Trading Day after the originally scheduled
Calculation Day, that eighth Trading Day shall be deemed the Calculation Day. If the Calculation Day has been postponed eight Trading Days after the originally scheduled Calculation Day and a Market Disruption Event occurs or is continuing with
respect to the Fund on such eighth Trading Day, the Calculation Agent will determine the Closing Price of the Fund on such eighth Trading Day based on its good faith estimate of the value of the shares (or other applicable securities) of the Fund as
of the Close of Trading (as defined below) on such eighth Trading Day. See “—Market Disruption Events.” 

“Calculation Agent Agreement” shall mean the Calculation Agent Agreement dated as of May 29, 2012 between the
Company and the Calculation Agent, as amended from time to time. 
 “Calculation Agent” shall mean the Person
that has entered into the Calculation Agent Agreement with the Company providing for, among other things, the determination of the Ending Price and the Redemption Amount, which term shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include its
successors under such Calculation Agent Agreement. The initial Calculation 

  
 3 

 
Agent shall be Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. Pursuant to the Calculation Agent Agreement, the Company may appoint a different Calculation Agent from time to time after the initial issuance of this
Security without the consent of the Holder of this Security and without notifying the Holder of this Security. 
 Market Disruption Events

 A “Market Disruption Event” means, with respect to the Fund, any of the following events as
determined by the Calculation Agent in its sole discretion: 
  

	 	(A)	The occurrence or existence of a material suspension of or limitation imposed on trading by the Relevant Exchange or otherwise relating to the shares (or other
applicable securities) of the Fund or any Successor Fund (as defined below) on the Relevant Exchange at any time during the one-hour period that ends at the Close of Trading on such day, whether by reason of movements in price exceeding limits
permitted by such Relevant Exchange or otherwise. 

  

	 	(B)	The occurrence or existence of a material suspension of or limitation imposed on trading by any Related Exchange or otherwise in futures or options contracts relating
to the shares (or other applicable securities) of the Fund or any Successor Fund on any Related Exchange at any time during the one-hour period that ends at the Close of Trading on that day, whether by reason of movements in price exceeding limits
permitted by the Related Exchange or otherwise. 

  

	 	(C)	The occurrence or existence of any event, other than an early closure, that materially disrupts or impairs the ability of market participants in general to effect
transactions in, or obtain market values for, shares (or other applicable securities) of the Fund or any Successor Fund on the Relevant Exchange at any time during the one-hour period that ends at the Close of Trading on that day.

  

	 	(D)	The occurrence or existence of any event, other than an early closure, that materially disrupts or impairs the ability of market participants in general to effect
transactions in, or obtain market values for, futures or options contracts relating to shares (or other applicable securities) of the Fund or any Successor Fund on any Related Exchange at any time during the one-hour period that ends at the Close of
Trading on that day. 

  

	 	(E)	The closure of the Relevant Exchange or any Related Exchange with respect to the Fund or any Successor Fund prior to its Scheduled Closing Time unless the earlier
closing time is announced by the Relevant Exchange or Related Exchange, as applicable, at least one hour prior to the earlier of (1) the actual closing time for the regular trading session on such Relevant Exchange or Related Exchange, as
applicable, and (2) the submission deadline for orders to be entered into the Relevant Exchange or Related Exchange, as applicable, system for execution at the Close of Trading on that day. 

 

	 	(F)	The Relevant Exchange or any Related Exchange with respect to the Fund or any Successor Fund fails to open for trading during its regular trading session.

  
 4 

 For purposes of determining whether a Market Disruption Event has occurred: 

 

	 	(1)	“Close of Trading” means the Scheduled Closing Time of the Relevant Exchange with respect to the Fund or any Successor Fund; and

  

	 	(2)	the “Scheduled Closing Time” of the Relevant Exchange or any Related Exchange on any Trading Day for the Fund or any Successor Fund means the scheduled
weekday closing time of such Relevant Exchange or Related Exchange on such Trading Day, without regard to after hours or any other trading outside the regular trading session hours. 

Anti-dilution Adjustments Relating to the Fund; Alternate Calculation 

Anti-dilution Adjustments 
 The Calculation Agent will adjust the Adjustment Factor with respect to the Fund as specified below if any of the events specified below occurs with respect to the Fund and the effective date or
ex-dividend date, as applicable, for such event is after the Pricing Date and on or prior to the Calculation Day. 
 The
adjustments specified below do not cover all events that could affect the Fund. The Calculation Agent may, in its sole discretion, make additional adjustments to any terms of this Security upon the occurrence of other events that affect or could
potentially affect the market price of, or shareholder rights in, the Fund, with a view to offsetting, to the extent practical, any such change, and preserving the relative investment risks of this Security. In addition, the Calculation Agent may,
in its sole discretion, make adjustments or a series of adjustments that differ from those described herein if the Calculation Agent determines that such adjustments do not properly reflect the economic consequences of the events specified herein or
would not preserve the relative investment risks of this Security. All determinations made by the Calculation Agent in making any adjustments to the terms of this Security, including adjustments that are in addition to, or that differ from, those
described herein, will be made in good faith and a commercially reasonable manner, with the aim of ensuring an equitable result. In determining whether to make any adjustment to the terms of this Security, the Calculation Agent may consider any
adjustment made by the Options Clearing Corporation or any other equity derivatives clearing organization on options contracts on the Fund. 
 For any event described below, the Calculation Agent will not be required to adjust the Adjustment Factor unless the adjustment would result in a change to the Adjustment Factor then in effect of at least
0.10%. The Adjustment Factor resulting from any adjustment will be rounded up or down, as appropriate, to the nearest one-hundred thousandth. 
  

	 	(A)	Stock Splits and Reverse Stock Splits 

 If a stock split or reverse stock split has occurred, then once such split has become effective, the Adjustment Factor will be adjusted to equal the product of the prior Adjustment Factor and the number
of securities which a holder of one share (or other applicable security) of the Fund before the effective date of such 

  
 5 

 
stock split or reverse stock split would have owned or been entitled to receive immediately following the applicable effective date. 

 

	 	(B)	Stock Dividends 

 If a
dividend or distribution of shares (or other applicable securities) to which this Security is linked has been made by the Fund ratably to all holders of record of such shares (or other applicable security), then the Adjustment Factor will be
adjusted on the ex-dividend date to equal the prior Adjustment Factor plus the product of the prior Adjustment Factor and the number of shares (or other applicable security) of the Fund which a holder of one share (or other applicable security) of
the Fund before the ex-dividend date would have owned or been entitled to receive immediately following that date; provided, however, that no adjustment will be made for a distribution for which the number of securities of the Fund paid or
distributed is based on a fixed cash equivalent value. 
  

	 	(C)	Extraordinary Dividends 

If an Extraordinary Dividend (as defined below) has occurred, then the Adjustment Factor will be adjusted on the ex-dividend date to equal
the product of the prior Adjustment Factor and a fraction, the numerator of which is the Closing Price per share (or other applicable security) of the Fund on the Trading Day preceding the ex-dividend date, and the denominator of which is the amount
by which the Closing Price per share (or other applicable security) of the Fund on the Trading Day preceding the ex-dividend date exceeds the Extraordinary Dividend Amount (as defined below). 

For purposes of determining whether an Extraordinary Dividend has occurred: 

 

	 	(1)	“Extraordinary Dividend” means any cash dividend or distribution (or portion thereof) that the Calculation Agent determines, in its sole discretion, is
extraordinary or special; and 

  

	 	(2)	“Extraordinary Dividend Amount” with respect to an Extraordinary Dividend for the securities of the Fund will equal the amount per share (or other
applicable security) of the Fund of the applicable cash dividend or distribution that is attributable to the Extraordinary Dividend, as determined by the Calculation Agent in its sole discretion. 

A distribution on the securities of the Fund described below under the section entitled “—Reorganization Events” below that
also constitutes an Extraordinary Dividend will only cause an adjustment pursuant to that “—Reorganization Events” section. 

  
 6 

	 	(D)	Other Distributions 

 If
the Fund declares or makes a distribution to all holders of the shares (or other applicable security) of the Fund of any non-cash assets, excluding dividends or distributions described under the section entitled “—Stock Dividends”
above, then the Calculation Agent may, in its sole discretion, make such adjustment (if any) to the Adjustment Factor as it deems appropriate in the circumstances. If the Calculation Agent determines to make an adjustment pursuant to this paragraph,
it will do so with a view to offsetting, to the extent practical, any change in the economic position of a holder of this Security that results solely from the applicable event. 

 

	 	(E)	Reorganization Events 

 If
the Fund, or any Successor Fund, is subject to a merger, combination, consolidation or statutory exchange of securities with another exchange traded fund, and the Fund to which this Security is linked is not the surviving entity (a
“Reorganization Event”), then, on or after the date of such event, the Calculation Agent shall, in its sole discretion, make an adjustment to the Adjustment Factor or the method of determining the Redemption Amount or any other
terms of this Security as the Calculation Agent determines appropriate to account for the economic effect on this Security of such event, and determine the effective date of that adjustment. If the Calculation Agent determines that no adjustment
that it could make will produce a commercially reasonable result, then the Calculation Agent may deem such event a Liquidation Event (as defined below). 
 Liquidation Events 
 If the Fund is de-listed, liquidated or
otherwise terminated (a “Liquidation Event”), and a successor or substitute exchange traded fund exists that the Calculation Agent determines, in its sole discretion, to be comparable to the Fund, then, upon the Calculation
Agent’s notification of that determination to the Trustee and the Company, any subsequent Fund Closing Price for the Fund will be determined by reference to the Fund Closing Price of such successor or substitute exchange traded fund (such
exchange traded fund being referred to herein as a “Successor Fund”), with such adjustments as the Calculation Agent determines are appropriate to account for the economic effect of such substitution on the holder of this Security.

 If the Fund undergoes a Liquidation Event prior to, and such Liquidation Event is continuing on, the date that any Fund
Closing Price of the Fund is to be determined and the Calculation Agent determines that no Successor Fund is available at such time, then the Calculation Agent will, in its discretion, calculate the Fund Closing Price for the Fund on such date by a
computation methodology that the Calculation Agent determines will as closely as reasonably possible replicate the Fund, provided that if the Calculation Agent determines in its discretion that it is not practicable to replicate the Fund (including
but not limited to the instance in which the sponsor of the index underlying the Fund discontinues publication of that index), then the Calculation Agent will calculate the Fund Closing Price for the Fund in accordance with the formula last used to
calculate such Fund Closing Price before such Liquidation Event, but 

  
 7 

 
using only those securities that were held by the Fund immediately prior to such Liquidation Event without any rebalancing or substitution of such securities following such Liquidation Event.

 If a Successor Fund is selected or the Calculation Agent calculates the Fund Closing Price as a substitute for the Fund, such
Successor Fund or Fund Closing Price will be used as a substitute for the Fund for all purposes, including for purposes of determining whether a Market Disruption Event exists. 

If any event is both a Reorganization Event and a Liquidation Event, such event will be treated as a Reorganization Event for purposes of
this Security unless the Calculation Agent makes the determination referenced in the last sentence of the section entitled “—Anti-dilution Adjustments—Reorganization Events” above. 

Alternate Calculation 
 If at any time the method of calculating the Fund or a Successor Fund, or the Underlying Index, is changed in a material respect, or if the Fund or a Successor Fund is in any other way modified so that
the Fund does not, in the opinion of the Calculation Agent, fairly represent the price of the securities of the Fund or such Successor Fund had such changes or modifications not been made, then the Calculation Agent may, at the close of business in
New York City on the date that any Fund Closing Price is to be determined, make such calculations and adjustments as, in the good faith judgment of the Calculation Agent, may be necessary in order to arrive at a Closing Price of an exchange traded
fund comparable to the Fund or such Successor Fund, as the case may be, as if such changes or modifications had not been made, and calculate the Fund Closing Price and the Redemption Amount with reference to such adjusted Closing Price of the Fund
or such Successor Fund, as applicable. 
 Calculation Agent 

The Calculation Agent will determine the Redemption Amount and the Ending Price. In addition, the Calculation Agent will
(i) determine if adjustments are required to the Fund Closing Price and/or the Adjustment Factor under the circumstances described in this Security, (ii) if the Fund undergoes a Liquidation Event, select a Successor Fund or, if no
Successor Fund is available, determine the Fund Closing Price of the Fund, and (iii) determine whether a Market Disruption Event has occurred. 
 The Company covenants that, so long as this Security is Outstanding, there shall at all times be a Calculation Agent (which shall be a broker-dealer, bank or other financial institution) with respect to
this Security. 
 All determinations made by the Calculation Agent with respect to this Security will be at the sole discretion
of the Calculation Agent and, in the absence of manifest error, will be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Company and the Holder of this Security. All percentages and other amounts resulting from any calculation with respect to this
Security will be rounded at the Calculation Agent’s discretion. 

  
 8 

 Tax Considerations 
 The Company agrees, and by acceptance of a beneficial ownership interest in this Security each Holder of this Security will be deemed to have agreed (in the absence of a statutory, regulatory,
administrative or judicial ruling to the contrary), for United States federal income tax purposes to characterize and treat this Security as a pre-paid derivative contract in respect of the Fund. 

Redemption and Repayment 
 This Security is not subject to redemption at the option of the Company or repayment at the option of the Holder hereof prior to August 19, 2014. This Security is not entitled to any sinking fund.

 Acceleration 
 If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, with respect to this Security shall occur and be continuing, the Redemption Amount (calculated as set forth in the next sentence) of this Security may
be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. The amount payable to the Holder hereof upon any acceleration permitted under the Indenture will be equal to the Redemption Amount hereof calculated as provided
herein as though the date of acceleration was the Calculation Day. 
  

 
 Reference is
hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature or
its duly authorized agent under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 

[The remainder of this page has been left intentionally blank] 

  
 9 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its
corporate seal. 

DATED:                      

 

							
		 		 	WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	Its:                             
                                         
     
				
	[SEAL]	 		 		 	
				
		 		 	Attest:	 	  

		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	Its:                             
                                         
     

  

			
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
 This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

	
	 CITIBANK, N.A.,

    as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signature
		
		 	                OR
	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
     as Authenticating Agent for the Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signature

  
 10 

 [Reverse of Note] 
 WELLS FARGO & COMPANY 
 MEDIUM-TERM NOTE, SERIES K

 Due Nine Months or More From Date of Issue 

Securities Linked to the iShares® MSCI Emerging 
 Markets Index Fund

 This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (herein called the
“Securities”), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an indenture dated as of July 21, 1999, as amended or supplemented from time to time (herein called the “Indenture”), between the Company and
Citibank, N.A., as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the
respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is
one of the series of the Securities designated as Medium-Term Notes, Series K, of the Company, which series is limited to an aggregate principal amount or face amount, as applicable, of $25,000,000,000 or the equivalent thereof in one or more
foreign or composite currencies. The amount payable on the Securities of this series may be determined by reference to the performance of one or more equity-, commodity- or currency-based indices, exchange traded funds, securities, commodities,
currencies, statistical measures of economic or financial performance, or a basket comprised of two or more of the foregoing, or any other market measure or may bear interest at a fixed rate or a floating rate. The Securities of this series may
mature at different times, be redeemable at different times or not at all, be repayable at the option of the Holder at different times or not at all and be denominated in different currencies. 

Article Sixteen of the Indenture shall not apply to this Security. 

The Securities are issuable only in registered form without coupons and will be either (a) book-entry securities represented by one
or more Global Securities recorded in the book-entry system maintained by the Depositary or (b) certificated securities issued to and registered in the names of, the beneficial owners or their nominees. 

The Company agrees, to the extent permitted by law, not to voluntarily claim the benefits of any laws concerning usurious rates of
interest against a Holder of this Security. 
 Modification and Waivers 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and
obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Securities at the 

  
 11 

 
time Outstanding of all series to be affected, acting together as a class. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of all
series at the time Outstanding affected by certain provisions of the Indenture, acting together as a class, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with those provisions of the Indenture. Certain
past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences may be waived under the Indenture by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such
series. Solely for the purpose of determining whether any consent, waiver, notice or other action or Act to be taken or given by the Holders of Securities pursuant to the Indenture has been given or taken by the Holders of Outstanding Securities in
the requisite aggregate principal amount, the principal amount of this Security will be deemed to be equal to the amount set forth on the face hereof as the “Face Amount” hereof. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security
shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or
waiver is made upon this Security. 
 Defeasance 
 Section 403 and Article Fifteen of the Indenture and the provisions of clause (ii) of Section 401(1)(B) of the Indenture, relating to defeasance at any time of (a) the entire
indebtedness on this Security and (b) certain restrictive covenants and certain Events of Default, upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein, shall not apply to this Security. The remaining provisions of
Section 401 of the Indenture shall apply to this Security. 
 Authorized Denominations 

This Security is issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 or any amount in excess thereof which is an
integral multiple of $1,000. 
 Registration of Transfer 
 Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of this Security at the office or agency of the Company in the City of Minneapolis, Minnesota, a new Security or Securities of this series, with the same
terms as this Security, in authorized denominations for an equal aggregate Face Amount will be issued to the transferee in exchange herefor, as provided in the Indenture and subject to the limitations provided therein and to the limitations
described below, without charge except for any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith. 
 This
Security is exchangeable for definitive Securities in registered form only if (x) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for this Security or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a
clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, (y) the Company in
its sole discretion determines that this Security shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities in registered form and notifies the Trustee thereof or (z) an Event of Default with respect to the Securities represented hereby has occurred and
is continuing. If this Security is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence, it shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities in registered 

  
 12 

 form, having the same date of issuance, Stated Maturity Date and other terms and of authorized denominations
aggregating a like amount. 
 This Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the
Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor of the Depositary or a nominee of such successor. Except as provided above, owners of
beneficial interests in this Global Security will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Securities in definitive form and will not be considered the Holders hereof for any purpose under the Indenture. 

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the
Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the
contrary. 
 Obligation of the Company Absolute 
 No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the Redemption
Amount at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed, except as otherwise provided in this Security. 
 No
Personal Recourse 
 No recourse shall be had for the payment of the Redemption Amount, or for any claim based hereon, or
otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or any successor corporation,
whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly
waived and released. 
 Defined Terms 
 All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture unless otherwise defined in this Security. 

Governing Law 

This Security shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of
conflicts of laws. 

  
 13 

 ABBREVIATIONS 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written
out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: 
  

					
	TEN COM	  	—  	  	as tenants in common
			
	TEN ENT	  	—  	  	as tenants by the entireties
			
	JT TEN	  	—  	  	as joint tenants with right
		  		  	of survivorship and not
		  		  	as tenants in common

  

							
	 UNIF GIFT MIN ACT    —    
	 	  
	 	Custodian	 	  

		 	(Cust)	 		 	(Minor)

  

			
	Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
	
	  

	(State)

 Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s) and transfer(s) unto 

 

			
	 Please Insert Social Security or
 Other Identifying Number of Assignee
	  	
		
	  
	  	
	
	  

	
	  

	
	  

	(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS
INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)

  
 14 

 the within Security of WELLS FARGO & COMPANY and does hereby irrevocably constitute and
appoint                     attorney to transfer the said Security on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 Dated:                     

  

			
	  

	
	  

 NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within
instrument in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. 

  
 15EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

 
  
 GOODMAN NETWORKS INCORPORATED 
 12.125% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2018 

 
  

INDENTURE 
 Dated
as of June 23, 2011 
  
  

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 As Trustee 
  

 
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

			
	 Trust Indenture

Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	       (b)
	  	7.10
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	       (b)
	  	7.11
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	       (b)
	  	13.03
	       (c)
	  	13.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	       (b)(1)
	  	10.08
	       (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 7.07
	       (c)
	  	7.06; 10.08; 13.02
	       (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03; 13.02; 13.05
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)(1)
	  	13.04
	       (c)(2)
	  	13.04
	       (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (d)
	  	10.08
	       (e)
	  	13.05
	       (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	       (b)
	  	7.05; 13.02
	       (c)
	  	7.01
	       (d)
	  	7.01
	       (e)
	  	6.11
	 316(a) (last sentence)
	  	2.09
	       (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	       (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	       (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	6.07
	       (c)
	  	2.12
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	       (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	       (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	13.01
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)
	  	13.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 

	*	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE 1	  
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  
			
	 Section 1.01
	 	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02
	 	Other Definitions	  	 	31	  
	 Section 1.03
	 	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.	  	 	32	  
	 Section 1.04
	 	Rules of Construction	  	 	32	  
	 Section 1.05
	 	Collateral Trust Agreement; Intercreditor Agreement	  	 	33	  
	
	ARTICLE 2	  
	THE NOTES	  
			
	 Section 2.01
	 	Form and Dating	  	 	33	  
	 Section 2.02
	 	Execution and Authentication	  	 	34	  
	 Section 2.03
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	35	  
	 Section 2.04
	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	35	  
	 Section 2.05
	 	Holder Lists	  	 	36	  
	 Section 2.06
	 	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	36	  
	 Section 2.07
	 	Replacement Notes	  	 	48	  
	 Section 2.08
	 	Outstanding Notes	  	 	48	  
	 Section 2.09
	 	Treasury Notes	  	 	49	  
	 Section 2.10
	 	Temporary Notes	  	 	49	  
	 Section 2.11
	 	Cancellation	  	 	49	  
	 Section 2.12
	 	Defaulted Interest	  	 	49	  
	 Section 2.13
	 	Global Notes	  	 	50	  
	 Section 2.14
	 	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers	  	 	50	  
	
	ARTICLE 3	  
	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  
			
	 Section 3.01
	 	Notices to Trustee	  	 	50	  
	 Section 3.02
	 	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	  	 	50	  
	 Section 3.03
	 	Notice of Redemption	  	 	51	  
	 Section 3.04
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	52	  
	 Section 3.05
	 	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	  	 	52	  
	 Section 3.06
	 	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	  	 	52	  
	 Section 3.07
	 	Optional Redemption	  	 	52	  
	 Section 3.08
	 	Mandatory Redemption	  	 	53	  
	 Section 3.09
	 	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	 	53	  
	
	ARTICLE 4	  
	COVENANTS	  
			
	 Section 4.01
	 	Payment of Notes	  	 	55	  
	 Section 4.02
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	55	  
	 Section 4.03
	 	Reports	  	 	56	  
	 Section 4.04
	 	Compliance Certificate	  	 	57	  
	 Section 4.05
	 	Taxes	  	 	58	  
	 Section 4.06
	 	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	 	58	  

  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 4.07
	 	Restricted Payments	  	 	58	  
	 Section 4.08
	 	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	61	  
	 Section 4.09
	 	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	 	63	  
	 Section 4.10
	 	Asset Sales	  	 	67	  
	 Section 4.11
	 	Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	70	  
	 Section 4.12
	 	Liens	  	 	71	  
	 Section 4.13
	 	Business Activities	  	 	71	  
	 Section 4.14
	 	Corporate Existence	  	 	71	  
	 Section 4.15
	 	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	 	71	  
	 Section 4.16
	 	Payments for Consent	  	 	73	  
	 Section 4.17
	 	Additional Note Guarantees	  	 	73	  
	 Section 4.18
	 	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	 	73	  
	
	ARTICLE 5	  
	SUCCESSORS	  
			
	 Section 5.01
	 	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets	  	 	74	  
	 Section 5.02
	 	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	 	75	  
	
	ARTICLE 6	  
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  
	 Section 6.01
	 	Events of Default	  	 	75	  
	 Section 6.02
	 	Acceleration	  	 	78	  
	 Section 6.03
	 	Other Remedies	  	 	78	  
	 Section 6.04
	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	78	  
	 Section 6.05
	 	Control by Majority	  	 	79	  
	 Section 6.06
	 	Limitation on Suits	  	 	79	  
	 Section 6.07
	 	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	  	 	79	  
	 Section 6.08
	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	79	  
	 Section 6.09
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	80	  
	 Section 6.10
	 	Priorities	  	 	80	  
	 Section 6.11
	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	80	  
	
	ARTICLE 7	  
	TRUSTEE	  
			
	 Section 7.01
	 	Duties of Trustee	  	 	81	  
	 Section 7.02
	 	Rights of Trustee	  	 	82	  
	 Section 7.03
	 	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	83	  
	 Section 7.04
	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	83	  
	 Section 7.05
	 	Notice of Defaults	  	 	83	  
	 Section 7.06
	 	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	 	83	  
	 Section 7.07
	 	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	83	  
	 Section 7.08
	 	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	84	  
	 Section 7.09
	 	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	 	85	  
	 Section 7.10
	 	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	85	  
	 Section 7.11
	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	 	85	  
	
	ARTICLE 8	  
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  
			
	 Section 8.01
	 	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	86	  
	 Section 8.02
	 	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	 	86	  
	 Section 8.03
	 	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	86	  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 8.04
	 	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	87	  
	 Section 8.05
	 	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	 	88	  
	 Section 8.06
	 	Repayment to Company	  	 	88	  
	 Section 8.07
	 	Reinstatement	  	 	89	  
	ARTICLE 9	  
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  
	 Section 9.01
	 	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	89	  
	 Section 9.02
	 	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	90	  
	 Section 9.03
	 	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.	  	 	92	  
	 Section 9.04
	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	 	92	  
	 Section 9.05
	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	92	  
	 Section 9.06
	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	 	92	  
	ARTICLE 10	  
	COLLATERAL SECURITY	  
	 Section 10.01
	 	Security Interest	  	 	93	  
	 Section 10.02
	 	Intercreditor Agreement	  	 	93	  
	 Section 10.03
	 	Collateral Trust Agreement	  	 	93	  
	 Section 10.04
	 	Equal and Ratable Sharing of Collateral by Holders of Parity Lien Obligations	  	 	93	  
	 Section 10.05
	 	Release of Liens in Respect of Notes	  	 	94	  
	 Section 10.06
	 	Relative Rights	  	 	94	  
	 Section 10.07
	 	Further Assurances; Insurance	  	 	95	  
	 Section 10.08.
	 	Release of Collateral	  	 	96	  
	 Section 10.09.
	 	After-acquired property	  	 	96	  
	ARTICLE 11	  
	NOTE GUARANTEES	  
	 Section 11.01
	 	Guarantee	  	 	97	  
	 Section 11.02
	 	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	 	98	  
	 Section 11.03
	 	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee	  	 	98	  
	 Section 11.04
	 	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	  	 	99	  
	 Section 11.05
	 	Releases	  	 	100	  
	ARTICLE 12	  
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  
	 Section 12.01
	 	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	 	101	  
	 Section 12.02
	 	Application of Trust Money	  	 	102	  
	ARTICLE 13	  
	MISCELLANEOUS	  
	 Section 13.01
	 	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	102	  
	 Section 13.02
	 	Notices	  	 	102	  
	 Section 13.03
	 	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	 	103	  
	 Section 13.04
	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	103	  
	 Section 13.05
	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	104	  
	 Section 13.06
	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	 	104	  
	 Section 13.07
	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	 	104	  
	 Section 13.08
	 	Governing Law	  	 	104	  
	 Section 13.09
	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	 	104	  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 13.10
	 	Successors	  	 	105	  
	 Section 13.11
	 	Severability	  	 	105	  
	 Section 13.12
	 	Counterpart Originals	  	 	105	  
	 Section 13.13
	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	105	  
	 Section 13.14
	 	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	 	105	  
	 Section 13.15
	 	Force Majeure	  	 	105	  

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	 Exhibit A1
	 	FORM OF NOTE
	 Exhibit A2
	 	FORM OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE
	 Exhibit B
	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	 Exhibit C
	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	 Exhibit D
	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	 Exhibit E
	 	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
	 Exhibit F
	 	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
	 Exhibit G
	 	FORM OF COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT
	 Exhibit H
	 	FORM OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
	 Exhibit I
	 	FORM OF PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
	 Exhibit J
	 	FORM OF TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT
	 Exhibit K
	 	FORM OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT

 INDENTURE dated as of June 23, 2011 between Goodman Networks Incorporated, a Texas
corporation, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. 
 The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the
benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 12.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”): 
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 

BY REFERENCE 
  

	Section	1.01 Definitions. 

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and
the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 “ABL Agent” means PNC Bank, National Association, in its capacity as agent for the ABL Secured Parties (in
such capacity, and together with its successors in such capacity), or, in the case of any Replacement ABL Agreement, the ABL Agent shall be the Person identified as such in the applicable lien sharing and priority confirmation joinder delivered
pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “ABL Agreement” means the collective reference to (a) the
Existing ABL Agreement, (b) any Additional ABL Agreement and (c) (i) any other credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any
Indebtedness or other financial accommodation that has been incurred to extend, replace, refinance or refund in whole or in part the Indebtedness and other obligations outstanding under the Existing ABL Agreement (regardless of whether such
replacement, refunding or refinancing is a “working capital” facility, asset-based facility or otherwise), any Additional ABL Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to in this clause (c) (i) provided that the
Collateral Trustee and the ABL Agent shall have received on or prior to entry into any such other agreement or instrument referred to in this clause (c) (i) an Officers’ Certificate from Company stating that such other agreement or
instrument is permitted by this Indenture (as in effect on the date hereof) or the Existing ABL Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof), as applicable, or to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit such other agreement or instrument
under any Secured Debt Document (solely to the extent such Secured Debt Document is no more restrictive than this Indenture (as in effect on the date hereof) or the Existing ABL Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof) as it relates to the
Company’s and the Guarantors’ ability to incur such ABL Obligations) Company and each other Guarantor have obtained the requisite consent and (ii) a lien sharing and priority confirmation joinder from an authorized agent, trustee or
other representative on behalf of the holders or lenders of any Indebtedness under any such other agreement or instrument unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not an ABL Agreement hereunder (a
“Replacement ABL Agreement”). Any reference to the ABL Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any ABL Agreement then extant. 
 “ABL Collateral” means all assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Company or any Guarantor, in which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted at any time to any ABL
Secured Party as security for any ABL Obligation (including, but not limited to, accounts, chattel paper, intellectual property, documents, general intangibles, instruments, inventory, investment property, letters of credit and letter-of-credit
rights, supporting obligations, deposit accounts, cash or cash equivalents, commercial tort claims, equipment, goods, and accessions to, substitutions for, and replacements, proceeds and products of the foregoing, together with all books and
records, customer lists, credit files, computer files, programs, printouts, and other computer materials and records related thereto and any General Intangibles at any time evidencing or relating to any of the foregoing, and all other assets of
Company and each Guarantor now or hereafter as set forth in the ABL Security Documents) excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Excluded Assets. 

  
 1 

 “ABL Creditors” means the “Lenders” as defined in the ABL
Agreement. 
 “ABL Documents” means the ABL Agreement, each ABL Security Document, each ABL Guarantee and each
other “Other Document” as defined in the ABL Agreement. 
 “ABL Guarantee” means any guarantee by
Company or any Guarantor of any or all of the ABL Obligations. 
 “ABL Lien” means any Lien created, or
intended to be created, pursuant to the ABL Security Documents. 
 “ABL Obligations” means (a) all
principal of and interest (including without limitation any post-petition interest) and premium (if any) on all loans made pursuant to the ABL Agreement or any ABL DIP Financing (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) by the ABL Creditors,
(b) all reimbursement obligations (if any) and interest thereon (including without limitation any post-petition interest) with respect to any letter of credit or similar instruments issued pursuant to the ABL Agreement, (c) all Hedging
Obligations, (d) all Banking Services Obligations, (e) all guarantee obligations, indemnities, fees, expenses and other amounts payable from time to time pursuant to the ABL Documents and (f) all other Obligations (as defined in the
ABL Agreement), in each case whether or not allowed or allowable in an Insolvency Proceeding; provided that the aggregate amount of ABL Principal Debt that constitutes ABL Obligations for purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement shall in no event
exceed the ABL Principal Debt Cap. To the extent any payment with respect to any ABL Obligation (whether by or on behalf of Company or any Guarantor, as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be a
fraudulent conveyance or a preference in any respect, set aside or required to be paid to a debtor in possession, any Parity Lien Secured Party, receiver or similar Person, then the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied
shall, for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement and the rights and obligations of the ABL Secured Parties and the Parity Lien Secured Parties, be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred. 

“ABL Principal Debt” means the principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money and letters of credit incurred under
the ABL Documents (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of Company and its Subsidiaries thereunder). 
 “ABL Principal Debt Cap” means the greater of (x) $55,000,000 and (y) 15.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets. 

“ABL Priority Collateral” means all Collateral consisting of the following: 

(1) accounts; 
 (2) inventory; 
 (3) instruments, documents and chattel paper
evidencing or substituted for the foregoing; 
 (4) all deposit accounts with any bank or other financial
institution (including all cash, cash equivalents, financial assets, negotiable instruments and other evidence of payment, and other funds on deposit therein or credited thereto), in each case, other than any Collateral Proceeds Account (including
all cash, cash equivalents, financial assets, negotiable instruments and other evidence of payment, and other funds on deposit therein or credited thereto); 

  
 2 

 (5) all securities accounts with any securities intermediary (including any
and all Investment Property held therein or credited thereto); 
 (6) all accessions to, substitutions for and
replacements of the foregoing, together with all books and records, customer lists, credit files, computer files, programs, printouts and other computer materials and records related thereto and any General Intangibles at any time evidencing or
relating to any of the foregoing; and 
 (7) to the extent not otherwise included, all proceeds of ABL
Collateral (including without limitation, all insurance proceeds), Supporting Obligations of ABL Collateral and products of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the
foregoing; 
 provided, however, that, any Collateral, regardless of type, received in exchange for ABL Priority Collateral
pursuant to an Enforcement Action in accordance with the terms of the Existing ABL Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement shall be treated as ABL Priority Collateral under the Intercreditor Agreement, the Parity Lien Security Documents and the
ABL Security Documents; provided, further, that any Collateral of the type that constitutes ABL Priority Collateral, if received in exchange for Notes Priority Collateral pursuant to an Enforcement Action in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, shall be treated as Notes Priority Collateral under the Intercreditor Agreement, the Parity Lien Security Documents and the ABL Security Documents; provided, further, that ABL Priority Collateral shall
exclude, however, all Notes Priority Collateral (other than Notes Priority Collateral which is treated as ABL Priority Collateral as set forth in the first proviso above), it being understood and agreed that the ABL Secured Parties remain entitled
to the benefit of their second priority Lien in any such Collateral; and, provided, further, however, that “ABL Priority Collateral” shall include proceeds from the disposition of any Notes Priority Collateral permitted by the ABL
Agreement and the Collateral Trust Secured Debt Agreement to the extent such proceeds would otherwise constitute ABL Priority Collateral and are not required to be applied to the mandatory prepayment of the Parity Lien Obligations pursuant to the
Parity Lien Documents (other than any proceeds directed to the Collateral Proceeds Account), unless such proceeds arise from a disposition of Notes Priority Collateral resulting from any Enforcement Action taken by the Parity Lien Secured Parties
permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “ABL Secured Parties” means the ABL Agent, the ABL Creditors and
any other holders of the ABL Obligations. 
 “ABL Security Documents” means the ABL Agreement, any Other
Document (as defined in the ABL Agreement) which creates or otherwise affects the rights of the ABL Secured Parties in the ABL Collateral, and any other documents that create Liens to secure the ABL Obligations. 

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary
of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

  
 3 

 “Act of Required Parity Lien Debtholders” means, as to any matter at any
time a direction in writing delivered to the Collateral Trustee (i) by the Parity Lien Debt Representative of each applicable Series of Parity Lien Debt and/or (ii) the holders of Parity Lien Obligations, in the case of clause
(i) and/or (ii), as the case may be, representing the Required Parity Lien Debtholders. For purposes of this definition, (a) Parity Lien Obligations registered in the name of, or beneficially owned by, Company or any Affiliate of Company
will be deemed not to be outstanding, and (b) each written direction provided pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement will be determined in accordance with Section 7.2 thereof. 

“Additional ABL Agreement” means one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or indentures for which the
requirements of the Intercreditor Agreement have been satisfied, in each case with banks, other lenders or trustees, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders
or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit, Notes or other borrowings, in each case, as amended, restated, adjusted, waived, extended, modified, renewed, refunded, restated,
restructured, increased, supplemented, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time in accordance with each applicable Secured Debt Document; provided that neither this Indenture, any Additional Parity Lien Secured Debt Agreement nor
any Replacement Parity Lien Secured Debt Agreement shall constitute an Additional ABL Agreement at any time. 

“Additional Interest” has the meaning assigned to that term pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Additional Parity Lien Secured Debt Agreement” means one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or
indentures for which the requirements of the Intercreditor Agreement have been satisfied, in each case with banks, other lenders or trustees, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of
receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit, Notes or other borrowings, in each case, as amended, restated, adjusted, waived, extended, modified, renewed,
refunded, restated, restructured, increased, supplemented, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time in accordance with each applicable Secured Debt Document; provided that neither the Existing ABL Agreement, any Additional
ABL Agreement nor any Replacement ABL Agreement shall constitute an Additional Parity Lien Secured Debt Agreement at any time. 
 “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the
Initial Notes. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling
or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed
to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 

“Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of: 

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; or 

(2) the excess of: 

  
 4 

 (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption
price of the Note at July 1, 2015, (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07 hereof) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through July 1, 2015, (excluding accrued but unpaid
interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over 
 (b) the principal amount of the Note. 
 “Applicable Procedures”
means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) (i) any Casualty Event or (ii) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights by the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the
sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 4.15 hereof and/or Section 5.01 hereof, and not by
Section 4.10 hereof; and 
 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests by any of the Company’s Restricted
Subsidiaries or the sale by the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Subsidiaries. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale: 
 (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $2.5 million; 

(2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors; 

(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor; 
 (4) the sale, lease or other transfer of products, services,
inventory or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business (including the abandonment or other disposition of intellectual property
that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as whole); 

(5) licenses and sublicenses by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of software or intellectual property or
other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) any surrender or waiver of contract rights
or settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business; 
 (7) the granting of Liens not prohibited by Section 4.12 hereof; 
 (8) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

  
 5 

 (9) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07 hereof or a
Permitted Investment; 
 (10) dispositions of Investments or receivables in connection with the compromise,
settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; and 

(11) the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Banking Services Obligations” means, with respect to the Company or any Guarantor, any obligations of such Company or Guarantor owed to any ABL Secured Party (or any of its Affiliates)
in respect of treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services), credit card services, stored valued card
services or other cash management services. 
 “Bankruptcy Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Code (11
U.S.C. § 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time. 
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to
such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will
be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of
time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
 “Board
of Directors” means: 
 (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or
any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the
board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; 
 (3) with respect to a limited liability
company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and 
 (4)
with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 

“Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are
authorized or required by law to remain closed. 
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any
determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of
the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty. 

  
 6 

 “Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability
company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and 
 (4) any other
interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing clauses (1) through (4) any debt
securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (1) United States
dollars; 
 (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or
any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition;

 (3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date
of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the ABL Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of
$500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better; 
 (4) repurchase obligations with a
term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 

(5) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and, in each case,
maturing within six months after the date of acquisition; and 
 (6) money market funds at least 95% of the
assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition. 

“Casualty Event” means any taking under power of eminent domain or similar proceeding and any insured loss, in each case
relating to property or other assets that constituted Collateral. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence
of any of the following: 
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition
(other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person (including any “person”
(as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)), other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal; 
 (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; 

  
 7 

 (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any
merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any Person (including any “person” (as defined above)), other than the Principals and their Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of
the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; 
 (4) the Company
consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or such other Person
is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction constitutes or is converted into or exchanged for a
majority of the outstanding shares of the Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such transaction); or 
 (5) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors. 
 “Class” means (1) in the case of Parity Lien Obligations, every Series of Parity Lien Debt, taken together, and (2) in the case of ABL Obligations, every Series of ABL Debt,
taken together. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 

“Collateral” means, collectively all ABL Collateral and all Parity Lien Collateral. 

“Collateral Proceeds Account” means one or more deposit accounts or securities accounts established or maintained by the
Company, any Guarantor or the Collateral Trustee or its agent for the sole purpose of holding the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of any Notes Priority Collateral that are required to be held in trust in such account or accounts pursuant
to the terms of any Parity Lien Document. 
 “Collateral Trust Agreement” means the Collateral Trust Agreement,
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, dated as of the date of this Indenture, among Company, the Guarantors, the Collateral Trustee, the Trustee and each other Parity Lien Debt Representative from time to time party thereto, as
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Collateral Trustee” means U.S. Bank National
Association, in its capacity as collateral trustee under the Parity Lien Security Documents, together with its successors in such capacity, or, in the case of any Replacement Parity Lien Secured Debt Agreement, the collateral trustee shall be the
Person identified as such in the applicable lien sharing and priority confirmation joinder delivered pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Company” means Goodman Networks Incorporated, a Texas corporation, and any and all successors thereto. 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication: 

(1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  
 8 

 (2) provision for taxes based on income or profits and state, franchise and
similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(3) the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed
Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (4) for periods prior to the date of
this Indenture, any other charges, costs, losses or expenses described in the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to EBITDA in the Company’s Offering Memorandum; plus 

(5) any foreign currency translation losses (including losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such losses were taken into account in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (6) any expense or deduction taken related to expenses or fees to enter into this Indenture and Existing ABL Agreement; plus 

(7) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses
that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash charges and expenses (excluding any such non-cash charge or expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges or expenses in any future period or amortization of a
prepaid cash charge or expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges or expenses were deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (8) any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or non-recurring restructuring
redundancy or severance loss, charge or expense, to the extent such losses, charges or expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus 
 (9) any foreign currency translation gains (including gains related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such
gains were taken into account in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus 
 (10) non-cash items increasing
such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, 
 in each
case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes
based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of the Company only to the extent
that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction
pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders. 

  
 9 

 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for
any period, the aggregate of the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis (excluding the net income (loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person), determined in accordance with
GAAP and without any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends; provided that: 
 (1) all extraordinary
gains (but not losses) and all gains (but not losses) realized in connection with any Asset Sale or the disposition of securities or the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, together with any related provision for taxes on any such gain, will be
excluded; 
 (2) the net income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is
accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person; 

(3) the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or
payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by
operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment
of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided, that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be, increased by the amount of dividends or similar distributions that are actually paid in cash to such Person in respect
of such period, to the extent not already included therein; 
 (4) the cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principles will be excluded; and 
 (5) non-cash gains and losses attributable to movement in the
mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations pursuant to ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging-”Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” 
 “Consolidated Tangible Assets” means of any Person as of any date means the total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the most recent fiscal quarter end for which
a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries is available, minus total goodwill and other intangible assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries reflected on such balance sheet, all calculated on a consolidated basis in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 
 “continuing” means, with respect to any Default or
Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived. 
 “Continuing Directors”
means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who: 
 (1) was a
member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or 

  
 10 

 (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with
the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the
Company. 
 “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the ABL
Agreement), credit agreements, commercial paper facilities, note purchase agreements, indentures, or other agreements, in each case with banks, lenders, purchasers, investors, trustees, agents or other representatives of any of the foregoing,
providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables or interests in receivables to such lenders or other persons or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders or
other persons against such receivables or sell such receivables or interests in receivables), letters of credit, Notes or other borrowings or other extensions of credit, including any Notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments
and agreements executed in connection therewith, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, restructured, increased, supplemented, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, including any replacement,
refunding or refinancing facility or agreement that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds entities as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent,
lender, group of lenders, or otherwise. 
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the
Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the
passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a
certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the
“Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with
respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having
become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration”
means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s
Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of or collection or payment on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which
it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute
Disqualified Stock 

  
 11 

 
solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not
constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof.
The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any
mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends. 
 “Domestic
Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for
any Indebtedness of the Company. 
 “Enforcement Action” means, with respect to the ABL Obligations or the
Parity Lien Obligations, the exercise of any rights and remedies with respect to any Collateral securing such obligations or the commencement or prosecution of enforcement of any of the rights and remedies under, as applicable, the ABL Documents or
the Parity Lien Documents, or applicable law, including without limitation the exercise of any rights of set-off or recoupment, and the exercise of any rights or remedies of a secured creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable
jurisdiction or under the Bankruptcy Code. 
 “equally and ratably” means, in reference to sharing of Liens or
proceeds thereof as between holders of Secured Obligations within the same Class, that such Liens or proceeds: 

(1) will be allocated and distributed first to the Secured Debt Representative for each outstanding Series of Secured Debt
within that Class, for the account of the holders of such Series of Secured Debt, ratably in proportion to the principal of, and interest and premium (if any) and reimbursement obligations (contingent or otherwise) with respect to letters of credit,
if any, outstanding (whether or not drawings have been made under such letters of credit) on each outstanding Series of Secured Debt within that Class when the allocation or distribution is made, and thereafter; and 

(2) will be allocated and distributed (if any remain after payment in full of all of the principal of, and interest and
premium (if any) and reimbursement obligations (contingent or otherwise) with respect to letters of credit, if any, outstanding (whether or not drawings have been made on such letters of credit) on all outstanding Secured Obligations within that
Class) to the Secured Debt Representative for each outstanding Series of Secured Debt within that Class, for the account of the holders of any remaining Secured Obligations within that Class, ratably in proportion to the aggregate unpaid amount of
such remaining Secured Obligations within that Class due and demanded (with written notice to the applicable Secured Debt Representative, the ABL Agent and the Collateral Trustee) prior to the date such distribution is made. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding
any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity Offering” means a
public or private sale either (1) of Equity Interests of the Company by the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) or (2) of Equity Interests of a direct or indirect parent entity of the
Company (other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) to the extent that the net proceeds therefrom are contributed to the common equity capital of the Company. 

  
 12 

 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear
system. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof. 

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Excluded Assets” means any general intangibles of Company or any Guarantor to the extent that (i) such general
intangibles are not assignable or capable of being encumbered as a matter of law or under the terms of any license or other agreement applicable thereto (but solely to the extent that any such restriction shall be enforceable under applicable law)
without the consent of the licensor thereof or other applicable party thereto and (ii) such consent has not been obtained. 

“Existing ABL Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement dated as of the date of
the issuance of the Notes (as heretofore and hereafter amended, restated, adjusted, waived, renewed, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) by and among the Company, PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent,
certain financial institutions and other entities are parties thereto. 
 “Existing Indebtedness” means all
Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the ABL Agreement) in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid. 
 “Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party,
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture). 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated
EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise
discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior
to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (in accordance with Regulation
S-X under the Securities Act) to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds
therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period. 
 In addition, for
purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 
 (1) acquisitions that have been made by the
specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all
related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, 

  
 13 

 
during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the Calculation Date, will be given pro forma
effect (in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period; 
 (2) the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the
Calculation Date, will be excluded; 
 (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as
determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be
obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; 
 (4)
any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; 

(5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted
Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and 
 (6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of
interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if
such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months). 
 “Fixed
Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or
accrued, including, without limitation, original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates (but excluding
amortization of debt issuance costs); plus 
 (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, plus 
 (3) any interest on Indebtedness of
another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus 

(4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred
stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests paid prior to the date of this Indenture or payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in
each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; less 

  
 14 

 (5) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the
Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a
significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date of this Indenture. 
 “Global Note
Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the
Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with
Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Government Securities” means
direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit. 
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without
limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to
purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise). 

“Guarantors” means any Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of
this Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to Company or any Guarantor, any obligations of such Company or Guarantor owed
to any ABL Creditor (or any of its affiliates) in respect of any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt
instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions. 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 

“IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and
the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited
Investors.  

  
 15 

 “Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary
whose total assets, as of that date, are less than $100,000 and whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month period do not exceed $100,000; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if
it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any Indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses
and trade payables), whether or not contingent: 
 (1) in respect of borrowed money; 

(2) evidenced by bonds, Notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof); 
 (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances; 

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations; 

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six
months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or 
 (6) representing any Hedging
Obligations, 
 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would
appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether
or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. Indebtedness shall be calculated without giving effect to the
effects of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting
for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as
amended or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial
interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
 “Initial Notes” means the first $225,000,000 million
aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof. 
 “Initial Purchasers”
means Jefferies & Company, Inc. and PNC Capital Markets LLC. 
 “Insolvency Proceeding” means:

 (1) any case commenced by or against Company or any Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar
federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of Company or any Guarantor, any receivership or assignment for the
benefit of creditors relating to Company or any Guarantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to Company or any Guarantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary; 

  
 16 

 (2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or
other winding up of, or relating to, Company or any Guarantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency, unless otherwise permitted by the ABL Documents and the Parity Lien Documents; 

(3) any proceeding seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other insolvency official
with similar powers with respect to Company or any Guarantor or any of their respective assets; 
 (4) any other
proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of Company or any Guarantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims; or 

(5) an analogous procedure or step in any jurisdiction. 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
 “Intercreditor
Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H, dated as of the date of this Indenture, among Company, the Guarantors, the ABL Agent and the Collateral Trustee, as amended, supplemented
or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or
indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to Officers and
employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet
prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any
such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s
Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds
an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in
an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value. 
 “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the
Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any
kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or
give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 

  
 17 

 “Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation” means: 

(1) as to any Series of Parity Lien Debt, the written agreement of the holders of such Series of Parity Lien Debt, as set
forth in the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Parity Lien Debt, for the enforceable benefit of all holders of each existing and future Series of ABL Debt, each existing and future ABL Agent and each existing
and future holder of Permitted Prior Liens: 
 (a) that all Parity Lien Obligations will be and are secured
equally and ratably by all Parity Liens at any time granted by Company or any Guarantor to secure any Obligations in respect of such Series of Parity Lien Debt, whether or not upon property otherwise constituting collateral for such Series of Parity
Lien Debt, and that all such Parity Liens will be enforceable by the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of all holders of Parity Lien Obligations equally and ratably; 

(b) that the holders of Obligations in respect of such Series of Parity Lien Debt are bound by the provisions of the
Intercreditor Agreement, including the provisions relating to the ranking of Parity Liens and the order of application of proceeds from the enforcement of Parity Liens; and 

(c) consenting to and directing the Collateral Trustee to perform its obligations under the Intercreditor Agreement and
under the Parity Lien Security Documents; 
 (2) as to any Series of ABL Debt, the joinder of the representative
of such Series of ABL Debt, the holders of such Series of ABL Debt or as set forth in the credit agreement, indenture or other agreement governing such Series of ABL Debt, for the benefit of all holders of ABL Obligations and each then present or
future representative thereof, that the holders of Obligations in respect of such Series of ABL Debt are bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 

“Mortgages” means the mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to secure Parity Lien Obligations or other similar
documents securing Liens on the premises, as well as the other Collateral secured by and described in the mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to secure Indebtedness or other similar documents. 

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash or Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such
Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case,
after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any reasonable tax sharing arrangements, to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness other than any reserve for adjustment or indemnification obligations in respect of the sale
price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 18 

 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and 

(2) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary). 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

“Note Documents” means this Indenture, the Notes and the Parity Lien Security Documents. 

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the
Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the
preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture; provided, however, that unless such Additional Notes are issued under a separate CUSIP, either
such Additional Notes are part of the same “issue” within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.1275-1(f) or neither the Notes nor such Additional Notes are issued with more than a de minimus amount of original issue
discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. 
 “Notes Priority Collateral” means all Parity Lien Collateral (including, for the avoidance of doubt, each Collateral Proceeds Account) other than ABL Priority Collateral. 

“Obligations” means (a) any principal (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit
whether or not drawn), interest (including, to the extent legally permitted, all interest accrued thereon after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding at the rate, including any applicable post-default rate, specified in the ABL Documents,
even if such interest is not enforceable, allowable or allowed as a claim in such proceeding), premium (if any), fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, expenses and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness and
(b) the due and punctual performance of all covenants, agreements, obligations and liabilities of Company and the Guarantors under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the final offering circular of the Company dated as of June 16, 2011 with respect to
the Notes. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating
Officer, the General Counsel, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of
whom must be the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the
requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. 

  
 19 

 “Parity Lien” means any Lien created, or intended to be created, pursuant
to the Parity Lien Security Documents. 
 “Parity Lien Collateral” means all assets, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired by Company or any Guarantor, in which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted to any Parity Lien Secured Party as security for any Parity Lien Obligation (including, but not limited to, Accounts, Chattel Paper, intellectual
property, Documents, General Intangibles, Instruments, Inventory, Investment Property, Letters of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights, Supporting Obligations, Deposit Accounts, cash or cash equivalents, Commercial Tort Claims, Equipment, Goods, and
accessions to, substitutions for, and replacements, proceeds of Parity Lien Collateral and products of the foregoing, together with all books and records, customer lists, credit files, computer files, programs, printouts, and other computer
materials and records related thereto and any General Intangibles at any time evidencing or relating to any of the foregoing, and all other assets of Company and each Guarantor now or hereafter as set forth in the Parity Lien Security Documents)
excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Excluded Assets. 
 “Parity Lien Debt Representative” means: 

(1) in the case of the Notes, the Trustee; or 

(2) in the case of any other Series of Parity Lien Debt, the trustee, agent or representative of the holders of such
Series of Parity Lien Debt who maintains the transfer register for such Series of Parity Lien Debt and (a) is appointed as a Parity Lien Debt Representative (for purposes related to the administration of the Parity Lien Security Documents)
pursuant to the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Parity Lien Debt, together with its successors in such capacity, and (b) has become a party to the Collateral Trust Agreement by executing a joinder in the
form required under the Collateral Trust Agreement. 
 “Parity Lien Documents” means each Parity Lien Secured
Debt Agreement, each Parity Lien Security Document and each Parity Lien Guarantee. 
 “Parity Lien Guarantee”
means any guarantee by the Company or any Guarantor of any or all of the Parity Lien Obligations (including the Note Guarantees, if any). 
 “Parity Lien Obligations” means (a) all principal of and interest (including without limitation any post-petition interest) and premium (if any) on all Indebtedness under the Parity
Lien Secured Debt Agreement or any Parity Lien DIP Financing (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) by the Parity Lien Secured Parties, (b) all reimbursement obligations (if any) and interest thereon (including without limitation any
post-petition interest) with respect to any letter of credit or similar instruments issued pursuant to the Parity Lien Secured Debt Agreement, (c) all guarantee obligations, indemnities, fees, expenses and other amounts payable from time to
time pursuant to the Parity Lien Documents, in each case whether or not allowed or allowable in an Insolvency Proceeding and (d) all other Obligations in respect thereof; provided that, other than with respect to the Notes issued under this
Indenture on the date thereof (including any Exchange Notes) and any Note Guarantees in respect thereof: 
 (a) on or before the
date on which Additional Notes are issued or Indebtedness is incurred by the Company or guarantees incurred by such Guarantor, such Additional Notes, guarantees or other Indebtedness, as applicable, is designated by the Company, in an Officers’
Certificate delivered to the Collateral Trustee, as “Parity Lien Obligations” for the purposes of the Parity Lien Documents; provided that no Series of Parity Lien Debt may be designated as both ABL Obligations and Parity Lien
Obligations; 

  
 20 

 (b) such Additional Notes, guarantees or other Indebtedness is governed by an indenture or a
credit agreement, as applicable, or other agreement that includes a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation and meets the requirements described in Section 10.05 hereof; 
 (c) all requirements set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement as to the confirmation, grant or perfection of the Collateral Trustee’s Lien to secure such Additional Notes, guarantees or other
Indebtedness or Obligations in respect thereof are satisfied (and the satisfaction of such requirements and the other provisions of this clause (c) will be conclusively established if the Company delivers to the Collateral Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate stating that such requirements and other provisions have been satisfied and that such Notes, guarantees or other Indebtedness is “Parity Lien Obligations”); and 

(d) on the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the
proceeds therefrom, the aggregate amount of Parity Lien Principal Debt that constitutes Parity Lien Obligations shall in no event exceed the Parity Lien Principal Debt Cap. 
 To the extent any payment with respect to any Parity Lien Obligation (whether by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor, as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is
declared to be a fraudulent conveyance or a preference in any respect, set aside or required to be paid to a debtor in possession, any ABL Secured Party, receiver or similar Person, then the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be
satisfied shall, for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement and the rights and obligations of the ABL Secured Parties and the Parity Lien Secured Parties, be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.

 “Parity Lien Principal Debt” means the principal amount of Notes and/or Indebtedness for borrowed money and
letters of credit incurred under the Parity Lien Documents (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of Company and its Subsidiaries thereunder). 

“Parity Lien Principal Debt Cap” means, on the date of incurrence of any Parity Lien Principal Debt, an amount equal to
the maximum amount of Parity Lien Principal Debt that may be incurred, after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the proceeds therefrom, such that Total Leverage Ratio would not be greater than 2.5 to 1.

 “Parity Lien Secured Debt Agreement” means the collective reference to (a) this Indenture and the
Notes, (b) any Additional Parity Lien Secured Debt Agreement and (c) (i) any other credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any
Indebtedness or other financial accommodation that has been incurred to extend, replace, refinance or refund in whole or in part the Indebtedness and other obligations outstanding under the Existing Indenture, any Additional Parity Lien Secured Debt
Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to in this clause (c) (i) provided that the Collateral Trustee and the ABL Agent shall have received on or prior to entry into any such other agreement or instrument referred to in
this clause (c) (i) an Officers’ Certificate from Company stating that such other agreement or instrument is permitted by this Indenture (as in effect on the date hereof) or the Existing ABL Agreement (as in effect on the date
hereof), as applicable, or to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit such other agreement or instrument under any Secured Debt Document (solely to the extent such Secured Debt Document is no more restrictive than this Indenture (as in
effect on the date hereof) or the Existing ABL Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof) as it relates to the Company’s and the other Guarantors’ ability to incur such Parity Lien Obligations) Company and each Guarantor have obtained the
requisite consent and (ii) a lien sharing and priority confirmation joinder from an authorized agent, trustee or other representative on behalf of the holders or lenders of any Indebtedness under any such other agreement or instrument unless
such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a Parity Lien 

  
 21 

 
Secured Debt Agreement hereunder (a “Replacement Parity Lien Secured Debt Agreement”). Any reference to the Parity Lien Secured Debt Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to
any Parity Lien Secured Debt Agreement then extant. 
 “Parity Lien Secured Parties” means the Collateral
Trustee and any other holders of the Parity Lien Obligations. 
 “Parity Lien Security Documents” means the
Collateral Trust Agreement, all security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral agency agreements, control agreements or other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by Company
or any Guarantor creating (or purporting to create) a Lien upon Collateral in favor of the Collateral Trustee, for the benefit of any of the Parity Lien Secured Parties, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, restated or replaced, in whole or
in part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms and Section 7.1 of the Collateral Trust Agreement. 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the
Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 

“Permitted Business” means any business that is the same as, or reasonably related, ancillary or complementary to, any
of the businesses in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Indenture. 

“Permitted Investments” means: 
 (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor; 
 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 
 (3) any Investment by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: 
 (a)
such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor; or 
 (b) such Person is merged,
consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor; 

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to
and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof; 
 (5) any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in
exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 
 (6) any
Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of
reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes; 

  
 22 

 (7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations; 

(8) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2.0 million at anyone time outstanding; 
 (9)
repurchases of the Notes; 
 (10) any guarantee of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Section 4.09
hereof other than a guarantee of Indebtedness of an Affiliate of the Company that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (11) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the date of this Indenture and any Investment consisting of an extension, modification or renewal of any Investment
existing on, or made pursuant to a binding commitment existing on, the date of this Indenture; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (a) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the date of this
Indenture or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
 (12) Investments acquired after the date
of this Indenture as a result of the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of another Person, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
in a transaction that is not prohibited by the covenant described above under Section 5.01 hereof after the date of this Indenture to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or
consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; 

(13) other Investments in any Person other than an Affiliate of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Company
having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at
the time outstanding not to exceed $12.5 million; 
 (14) receivables owing to, the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) Investments in the nature of deposits
with respect to lease provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (16) prepaid
expenses, deposits, advances, or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 
 (1) Liens held by the
Collateral Trustee on the Collateral equally and ratably securing (A) (i) the Notes and (ii) the other Parity Lien Principal Debt in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the Parity Lien Principal Debt Cap (as of the date of
incurrence of any Parity Lien Principal Debt and after giving pro forma effect to the application of the net proceeds therefrom) and (B) all related Parity Lien Obligations, so long as such Liens are subject to the Collateral Trust Agreement;

  
 23 

 (2) Liens held by the ABL Agent on the Collateral securing (A) ABL
Principal Debt incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt and (B) all related ABL Obligations, so, long as such Liens are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement; 

(3) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; 

(4) Liens on property or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by, merged with or into
or consolidated, combined or amalgamated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to and were not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, such merger, acquisition,
consolidation, combination or amalgamation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person acquired by or merged into or consolidated, combined or amalgamated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary; 

(5) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to and were not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, such acquisition and de not extend to any property other than the property so acquired by the Company or the Restricted
Subsidiary; 
 (6) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, insurance, surety or appeal bonds,
workers compensation obligations, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Liens to secure letters of credit issued to, assure payment of such obligations); 

(7) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (4) of
Section 4.09(b) hereof covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness; 
 (8)
Liens existing on the date of this Indenture, other than liens to secure the Notes issued on the date of this Indenture or to secure Obligations under the ABL Agreement outstanding on the date of this Indenture; 

(9) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; 

(10) Liens imposed by law (other than with respect to tax), such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s
and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (11) survey exceptions,
easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, Licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred
in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 

(12) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture (other than ABL
Obligations or Parity Lien Obligations); provided that (a) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured the 

  
 24 

 
original Lien, and (b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed
amount of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged with such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal,
refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge; 
 (13) Liens on insurance policies and proceeds
thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings; 
 (14) filing of Uniform Commercial Code
financing statements as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases; 
 (15) bankers’
Liens, rights of setoff, Liens arising out of judgments or awards not constituting an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for
which adequate reserves have been made; 
 (16) Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property arising in
connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness; 
 (17) Liens on specific items of
inventory or other goods (and the proceeds thereof) of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the
purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 
 (18) grants of software and other technology
licenses in the ordinary course of business; 
 (19) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention,
consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(20) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with
respect to obligations that do not exceed $5.0 million at anyone time outstanding; and 
 (21) Liens on leases,
subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not interfere in any material respect to the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Permitted Prior Liens” means: 
 (1) Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral described in clause (2) of the definition of “Permitted Liens;” 

(2) Liens described in clauses (4), (5), (7), (8) or (11) of the definition of “Permitted Liens;” and

 (3) Permitted Liens that arise by operation of law and are not voluntarily granted, to the extent entitled by
law to priority over the Liens created by the ABL Security Documents or the Parity Lien Security Documents. 

  
 25 

 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than
intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: 
 (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of
such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and
the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith); 
 (2) such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is (a) equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness
being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged or (b) more than 90 days after the final maturity date of the Notes; 
 (3) if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in
right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and 

(4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was the
obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged and is guaranteed only by Persons who were obligors on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.

 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company,
trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
 “Principals”
means any member of the Goodman family who is a shareholder of the Company on the date of this Indenture. 
 “Private
Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Public Equity Offering” means an offer and sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any
direct or indirect parent company thereof, as the case may be, pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to
equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof). 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Qualifying Equity Interests” means Equity Interests of the Company other than (1) Disqualified Stock;
(2) Equity Interests that were used to support an incurrence of Contribution Indebtedness and (3) Equity Interests sold in an Equity Offering prior to the third anniversary of the date of this Indenture that are eligible to be used to
support an optional redemption of Notes pursuant to the “Optional Redemption” provisions of this Indenture. 

  
 26 

 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of June 23, 2011, among the Company, any future Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional
Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the
purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S”
means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S
Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate. 
 “Regulation S Permanent Global
Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a
denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period. 
 “Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A2 hereto deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its
nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
 “Related Party” means: 
 (1) any controlling
stockholder, at least 51 % owned (and controlled) Subsidiary, or in the case of an individual, any immediate family member or descendant of any Principal and the heirs, executors and administrators and beneficiaries of the estate of such
Principal or any such family member; or 
 (2) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or
other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding at least an 51% (and controlling) interest of which consist of anyone or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the
immediately preceding clause (1). 
 “Required Parity Lien Debtholders” means, at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the
sum of: 
 (1) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Parity Lien Debt (including outstanding letters of
credit whether or not then available or drawn); and 
 (2) other than in connection with the exercise of
remedies, the aggregate unfunded commitments to extend credit which, when funded, would constitute Parity Lien Debt. 
 For
purposes of this definition, (a) Parity Lien Debt registered in the name of, or beneficially owned by, the Company or any Affiliate of the Company will be deemed not to be outstanding, and (b) votes will be determined in accordance with
Section 7.2 of the Collateral Trust Agreement. 

  
 27 

 “Replacement ABL Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the definition of
“ABL Agreement,” as amended, restated, adjusted, waived, renewed, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Replacement Assets” means (1) tangible assets that will be used or useful in a Permitted Business or (2) substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business or a majority of
the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that will become on the date of acquisition thereof a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Replacement Parity Lien Secured Debt Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Parity Lien Secured Debt Agreement”, as amended, restated, adjusted, waived,
renewed, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Required Parity Lien Debtholders”
means, at any time, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Parity Lien Principal Debt then outstanding, calculated in accordance with the provisions described in Section 7.2 of the Collateral Trust Agreement. For
purposes of this definition, Parity Lien Principal Debt registered in the name of, or beneficially owned by, any issuer thereof, any guarantor thereof or any Affiliate of any issuer or any guarantor thereof will be deemed not to be outstanding.

 “Responsible Officer” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust
department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the
Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the
administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private
Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group. 

“Sale of a Guarantor” means (1) any Asset Sale to the extent involving a sale, lease, conveyance or other
disposition of a majority of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor or (2) the issuance of Equity Interests by a Guarantor, other than (a) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Guarantor to the Company or another Guarantor and (b) an
issuance of directors’ qualifying shares. 

  
 28 

 “Sale of Notes Priority Collateral” means any Asset Sale to the extent
involving a sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of Notes Priority Collateral. 
 “SEC” means the
Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Secured Debt Documents” shall mean, collectively, the ABL Documents and
the Parity Lien Documents. 
 “Secured Debt Representative” means each Parity Lien Debt Representative and each
ABL Agent. 
 “Secured Obligations” means Parity Lien Obligations and ABL Obligations. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Series of ABL Debt” means, severally, the Indebtedness outstanding under any ABL Agreement that constitutes ABL
Obligations. 
 “Series of Parity Lien Debt” means, severally, the Notes and each other issue or series of
Parity Lien Obligations for which a single transfer register is maintained. 
 “Series of Secured Debt” means
each Series of Parity Lien Debt and each Series of ABL Debt. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf
Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any
Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the
date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the date of this Indenture, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such
interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subsidiary” means,
with respect to any specified Person: 
 (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more
than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to
vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a
combination thereof); and 
 (2) any partnership or limited liability company of which (a) more than 50% of
the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited 

  
 29 

 
partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in
the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). 

“Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of total Indebtedness of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries as of that date to the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of determination, with such
adjustments to the amount of Indebtedness and Consolidated EBITDA as are consistent with the adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.” For purposes of this calculation, the amount of Indebtedness
outstanding as of any date of determination shall not include any Indebtedness that consists solely of Hedging Obligations that are incurred in the normal course of business and not for speculative purposes. 

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States
Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such
Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to July 1, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to
July 1, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. The Company will (a) calculate the Treasury Rate at least two
Business Days prior to the applicable redemption date and (b) prior to such redemption date file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Applicable Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the calculation of each in
reasonable detail. 
 “Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, until a successor replaces it in
accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 

“Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the applicable
jurisdiction. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required
to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and
is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the
Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

(2) except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or
understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be
obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 

  
 30 

 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of
operating results; and 
 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for
any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as
defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of
any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund,
serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making
of such payment; by 
 (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 	 	Defined in
	 Term
	 	 Section

	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	 	4.11
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	 	3.09
	 “Authentication Order”
	 	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	 	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	 	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	 	4.15
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	 	8.03
	 “DTC”
	 	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	 	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	 	4.10
	 “incur”
	 	4.09
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	 	8.02
	 “Offer Amount”
	 	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	 	3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	 	2.03
	 “Permitted Debt”
	 	4.09
	 “Payment Default”
	 	6.01
	 “Purchase Date”
	 	3.09
	 “Registrar”
	 	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	 	4.07
	 “Successor Guarantor”
	 	11.04

  
 31 

	Section	1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 

The following TIA term used in this Indenture has the following meaning: “obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees
means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 

 

	Section	1.04 Rules of Construction. 

 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the
meaning assigned to it; 
 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP; 
 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

(7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of
successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 
 (8) unless the context otherwise requires,
any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; 

(9) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders; 

(10) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by
“without limitation”; and 
 (11) the words “herein,” “hereof” and
“hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision. 

  
 32 

	Section	1.05 Collateral Trust Agreement; Intercreditor Agreement. 

 (a) Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees, and the Trustee agrees, that this Indenture is subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Trust Agreement, that such Holder’s
and the Trustee’s rights and benefits hereunder are limited accordingly, that such Holder’s and the Trustee’s rights and benefits are subject to all relevant provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Trust
Agreement, and that such Holder shall comply with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Trust Agreement applicable to such Holder in its capacity as such as if such Holder were a party thereto. In the event of any conflict
between the terms of this Indenture and those of the Collateral Trust Agreement with respect to the rights, privileges, protections, indemnities and exemptions of the Trustee (in any of its capacities hereunder), the terms of this Indenture shall
control. 
 (b) Each Holder, by accepting a Note, hereby: 

(1) authorizes and directs the Trustee to execute and deliver the Collateral Trust Agreement and thereby instructs the
Collateral Trustee to execute and deliver: 
 (A) the Intercreditor Agreement; 

(B) the Pledge and Security Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I; 

(C) the Trademark Security Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J; 

(D) the Deposit Account Control Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K; and 

(E) each other Parity Lien Security Document as contemplated thereby; and 

(2) agrees to be bound by the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement. 

ARTICLE 2 
 THE
NOTES 
  

	Section	2.01 Form and Dating. 

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibits A1 and A2
hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of
this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with
the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b) Global
Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibits A1 or A2 hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests 

  
 33 

 
in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the
“Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount
of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any
endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance
with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 
 (c) Temporary Global Notes.
Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, at its New York
office, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and
authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period will be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of: 
 (1) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial
ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from
registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and 

(2) an Officers’ Certificate from the Company. 

Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for
beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note.
The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee,
as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. 
 (3) Euroclear and
Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream
Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through
Euroclear or Clearstream. 
  

	Section	2.02 Execution and Authentication. 

 At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 

  
 34 

 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is
authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid. 
 A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of
the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 

The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (an
“Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any
time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.  

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate
Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the
Company. 
  

	Section	2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 

 The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented
for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term
“Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in
writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as
Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as
Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying
Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
  

	Section	2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

 The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent
for the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a
Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any
bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

  
 35 

	Section	2.05 Holder Lists. 

 The
Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company
will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and
addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). 
  

	Section	2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 

 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary
or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if: 

(1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as
Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; 

(2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged
for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to (A) the expiration of the
Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; or 
 (3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. 
 Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be
exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or
Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial
interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the
Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the
other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global
Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form 

  
 36 

 
of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the
expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests
in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to
effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 
 (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of
Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

 (A) both: 
 (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a
beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
 (ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 

(B) both: 
 (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in
an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
 (ii) instructions given by the
Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; 

provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests
in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act. 

Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2)
shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the
requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s)
pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. 
 (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global
Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of
Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 

  
 37 

 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note
or the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor
must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an
Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an
exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who
is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by
a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
 (i) if the holder of
such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications
in item (1)(a) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (4) thereof; 

  
 38 

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or
if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained
herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If
any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or
(D) above. 
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who
take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of
Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 
 (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to
Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of
Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
 (B) if such beneficial interest
is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with
Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if such beneficial interest
is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(3)(b) thereof; or 

  
 39 

 (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant
or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
 (2) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(1)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary
Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any
certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 

(3) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

  
 40 

 (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the
Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and
in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(4) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will
execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c)(4) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the
Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4)
will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder
of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder
of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance
with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

  
 41 

 (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an
Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note,
in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in
the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted
Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

  
 42 

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or
if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained
herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal
amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in
Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate
principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive
Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes
and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or
surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the
requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred
to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

  
 43 

 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may
be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of
the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B)
any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 

(D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive
Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such
Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set
forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on
transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an
Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 

(f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company
will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate: 

  
 44 

 (1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount
equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers,
(B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and 
 (2) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in
the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company. 

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global
Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

 (g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this
Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 (1) Private Placement
Legend. 
 (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note
(and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN
THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY
ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION
WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, OR (C) IT IS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF
RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
ONLY (A) TO OUR COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S.
PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE 

  
 45 

 
MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN “ACCREDITED
INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER
OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO OUR COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE
DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED
BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT.” 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(3),
(c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO
A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN
DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO
A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,
CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 

  
 46 

 (3) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S
Temporary Global Note will bear a Legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY
GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE
ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.” 
 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time
as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained
and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at
the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global
Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global
Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 
 (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10,
3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof). 
 (3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of
or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt,
and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required: 
 (A)
to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on
the day of selection; 

  
 47 

 (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for
redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C) to
register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner
of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of
Section 2.02 hereof. 
 (8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be
submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
 (9) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to
any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Participants or an Indirect Participant) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to
do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

 

	Section	2.07 Replacement Notes. 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an
indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is
replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of
the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  

	Section	2.08 Outstanding Notes. 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it
for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof,
a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(a)
hereof. 

  
 48 

 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding
unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
 If the
principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and
after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 
  

	Section	2.09 Treasury Notes. 

 In
determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent,
only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 
  

	Section	2.10 Temporary Notes. 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 
  

	Section	2.11 Cancellation. 

 The
Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will
cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all
canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

 

	Section	2.12 Defaulted Interest. 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of
the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may

  
 49 

 
be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the
Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 

 

	Section	2.13 Global Notes. 

Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary. 

 

	Section	2.14 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. 

 The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and corresponding “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” and corresponding
“ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any
notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the
Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” and corresponding “ISIN” numbers. 
 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
  

	Section	3.01 Notices to Trustee. 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the
Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth: 
 (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 
 (2) the redemption date; 
 (3) the principal amount of Notes to be
redeemed; and 
 (4) the redemption price. 

 

	Section	3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 

 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of
Notes issued in global form pursuant to Article 2 hereof, based on a method that most nearly approximates a pro rata selection as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate) unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or
depositary requirements. 
 In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or
purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 

  
 50 

 The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption
or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this
Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
  

	Section	3.03 Notice of Redemption. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company
will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the
notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 12 hereof. 
 The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state: 

(1) the redemption date; 
 (2) the redemption price; 
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in
part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the
original Note; 
 (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases
to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture
pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; 
 (8) the CUSIP number, if any, printed
on the Notes being redeemed; 
 (9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the
CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (10) that Notes called for
redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of
redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such
notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 

  
 51 

	Section	3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of
redemption may not be conditional. 
  

	Section	3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

 One Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of accrued interest
and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the
amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 
 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for
redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was
registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest
shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in
Section 4.01 hereof. 
  

	Section	3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 

 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the
Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 
  

	Section	3.07 Optional Redemption. 

(a) At any time prior to July 1, 2014, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of Notes issued under this Indenture, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 112.125% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest,
if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering by the Company or a contribution to
the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of a concurrent Equity Offering by the Company’s direct or indirect parent; provided that: 

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held
by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 
 (2) the redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

  
 52 

 (b) At any time prior to July 1, 2015, the Company may on any one or more occasions
redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

(c) Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to July 1,
2015. 
 (d) On or after July 1, 2015, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable
redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2015
	  	 	106.063	% 
	 2016
	  	 	103.031	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this
Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  

	Section	3.08 Mandatory Redemption. 

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

 

	Section	3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 

 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it will follow the
procedures specified below. 
 The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Parity Lien
Obligations containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days
following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period
(the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other Parity Lien Obligations (on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of
Notes and such other Parity Lien Obligations tendered, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made
in the same manner as interest payments are made. 

  
 53 

 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related
interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders
who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by
first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice,
which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state: 
 (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made
pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 
 (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note
purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; 
 (6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to tender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to
the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 

(7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the
case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement
that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (8) that, if the aggregate
principal amount of Notes and other Parity Lien Obligations tendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other Parity Lien Obligations to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal
amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Obligations tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be
purchased); and 
 (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in
principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes tendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before the
Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount
has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will 

  
 54 

 
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by
the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each
tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will
authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note tendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by
the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to
the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 
  

	Section	4.01 Payment of Notes. 

The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes on
the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of
10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, then due. The Company will pay all Additional
Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 The
Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

 

	Section	4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

 The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer
or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office
or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee. 
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes
may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain
an office or agency for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

  
 55 

 The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office
or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof. 
  

	Section	4.03 Reports. 

 (a)
Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes and the Trustee within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:

 (1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K
if the Company were required to file reports; and 
 (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed
with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. 
 The availability of the foregoing materials on
the SEC’s EDGAR service (or any successor thereto) shall be deemed to satisfy the Company’s delivery obligation. 

All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such
reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants. In addition, following the consummation of the Exchange Offer
contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and
regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing). The Company will at all times comply with TIA §314(a). 
 If, at any time after consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for
any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraphs with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such filings. The Company will not take any action for
the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its
website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, if at any time any such reports are not filed by the Company, or are not
accepted by the SEC for any reason, for inclusion on the SEC’s EDGAR service (or any successor thereto), the Company will post such reports on a website no later than the date the Company is required to provide those reports to the Trustee and
the Holders of the Notes and maintain such posting for so long as any Notes remain outstanding. Access to such reports on such website may be subject to a confidentiality acknowledgment; provided, that no other conditions, including password
protection, may be imposed on access to such reports other than a representation by the Person accessing such reports that it is the Trustee, a Holder of the Notes, a Beneficial Owner of the Notes, a bona fide prospective investor, a securities
analyst or a market maker. 
 Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes
only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information 

  
 56 

 
contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely
exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
 The Company will, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, use its
commercially reasonable efforts to hold and participate in quarterly conference calls with the Holders of the Notes, Beneficial Owners of the Notes, bona fide prospective investors, securities analysts and market makers to discuss such financial
information no later than ten Business Days after distribution of such financial information. 
 (b) If the Company has
designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03 will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the
financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 

(c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes, Beneficial Owners of the Notes, bona
fide prospective investors, securities analysts and market makers, upon their request, the reports described above and any other information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

 

	Section	4.04 Compliance Certificate. 

 (a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (beginning with the
fiscal year ending December 31, 2011), an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a
view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and the Parity Lien Security Documents, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best
of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and the Parity Lien Security Documents and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms,
provisions and conditions of this Indenture or the Parity Lien Security Documents (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company
is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional
Interest, if any, on, the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

(b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end
financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03 above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the
examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has
occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation. 

  
 57 

 (c) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee,
forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

 

	Section	4.05 Taxes. 

 The Company
will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently
conducted, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor, or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

  

	Section	4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

 The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit
the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
  

	Section	4.07 Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the
Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or
distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); 
 (2) purchase, redeem or
otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than purchases,
redemptions, defeasances and other acquisitions or retirements of Equity Interests, in each case held by a Restricted Subsidiary); 
 (3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is unsecured, secured only by a Lien
that is junior to the Liens securing the Notes or any Note Guarantee or contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries),
except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or 

  
 58 

 (4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set
forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), 
 unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; 

(2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a)
hereof; and 
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments
made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3)(i), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9) and (10) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.07),
is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the
period (taken as one accounting period) from July 1, 2011 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated
Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus  
 (B) 100% of the aggregate
net cash proceeds received by the Company since the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Qualifying Equity Interests of the Company or from the issue or sale of convertible or
exchangeable Disqualified Stock of the Company or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company, in each case that have been converted into or exchanged for such Qualifying Equity Interests of the Company (other than Qualifying Equity
Interests and convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or debt securities sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus 
 (C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of this Indenture is (a) sold for cash or otherwise cancelled, liquidated or repaid for cash, or (b) made in an
entity that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor, the initial amount of such Restricted Investment (or, if less, the amount of cash received upon repayment or sale); plus 

(D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after the date of this Indenture is
redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Restricted Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market
Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture; plus 
 (E) 50% of any dividends received in cash by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor after July 1, 2011 from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent
that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period. 

  
 59 

 (b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit:

 (1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the
date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of or with the net cash proceeds of the substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the
amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will not be considered to be net proceeds of Qualifying Equity Interests for purposes of Section 4.07(a)(3)(B) hereof and will not be considered to be net
cash proceeds from an Equity Offering for purposes of Section 3.07 of this Indenture; 
 (3) (i) the
payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis or (ii) so long as
no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the declaration and payment of dividends in an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed 6% of the net cash proceeds received by, or contributed to, the Company in connection with any
Public Equity Offering occurring after the date of this Indenture; 
 (4) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance
or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is unsecured, secured only by a Lien that is junior to the Liens securing the Notes or any Note Guarantee or contractually subordinated to the Notes or
to any Note Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (5) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former Officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement
or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $5.0 million in any twelve-month period and may not exceed an aggregate amount of $15.0
million since the date of this Indenture; 
 (6) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the
exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options; 
 (7) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified
Stock of the Company or any preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the date of this Indenture in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a) hereof; 

(8) payments of cash, dividends, distributions, advances or other Restricted Payments by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon (i) the exercise of options or warrants or (ii) the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person; 

  
 60 

 (9) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million since the date of this Indenture; and 
 (10) payments made with the proceeds of the offering of the Notes as described in the “Use of Proceeds” section of the Offering Memorandum. 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the
asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by
this Section 4.07 will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued
by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $20.0 million. 

In determining whether any Restricted Payment is permitted by the covenant described under this Section 4.07, the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries may allocate all or any portion of such Restricted Payment among the categories described in clauses (1) through (10) of Section 4.07(b) or among such categories and the types of Restricted Payments described
in Section 4.07(a) (including categorization as a Permitted Investment); provided that, at the time of such allocation, all such Restricted Payments, or allocated portions thereof, would be permitted under the various provisions of this
Section 4.07 and provided further that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may reclassify all or a portion of such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in any manner that complies with this covenant, and following such
reclassification such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment shall be treated as having been made pursuant to only one of such clauses of this covenant. 
  

	Section	4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or
become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of: 
 (1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the date of
this Indenture and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, 

  
 61 

 
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of this Indenture; 

(2) this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Parity Lien Security Documents; 

(3) agreements governing other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 hereof and any amendments,
restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the restrictions therein are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this
Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 
 (4) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 

(5) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be
incurred; 
 (6) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (7) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business
and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof; 

(8) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that
Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition; 
 (9) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;
provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being
refinanced; 
 (10) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limit
the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (11) provisions limiting the
disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements (including agreements entered into in connection with a Restricted
Investment) entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements; 

(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the
ordinary course of business; 

  
 62 

 (13) any encumbrance or restriction in connection with an acquisition of
property, so long as such encumbrance or restriction relates solely to the property so acquired and was not created in anticipation of such acquisition; 
 (14) provisions in agreements or instruments which prohibit the payment of dividends or the making of other distribution with respect to any class of Capital Stock of a Person other than on a pro rata
basis; 
 (15) any restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any lien permitted under this Indenture
imposed by the holder of such lien; 
 (16) customary provision in partnership agreements, limited liability
company organizational governance documents, joint venture agreements and other similar agreements that restrict the transfer of ownership interests in such partnership, limited liability company, joint venture of similar Person; and 

(17) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendment, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancing of the contracts, instruments, or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (16) above; provided that the encumbrances or restrictions in such amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, increases supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancing are not materially more restrictive, in the good faith of the Board of Directors of the Company, taken as a whole, than the encumbrances or restrictions prior to
such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing. 
  

	Section	4.09     Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and
will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and the Guarantors may incur
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the
date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.5 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the
net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness
(collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
 (1) the incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of
additional Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at anyone time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum
potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 15.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets; 

  
 63 

 (2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the
Existing Indebtedness; 
 (3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by
the Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued on the date of this Indenture and the Exchange Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease
Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment
used in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed $5.0 million at any time outstanding; 
 (5) the incurrence
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany
Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (13), (14), (15) or (16) of this Section 4.09(b); 

(6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the
Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 
 (A) if the Company or any
Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes,
in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and 
 (B) (1) any subsequent
issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that
is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, 
 will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an
incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 
 (7) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that: 

(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a
Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 
 (B) any sale or other transfer
of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by
this clause (7); 

  
 64 

 (8) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) the guarantee by the Company or any of the
Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and the guarantee by any Foreign Subsidiary of Indebtedness of another Foreign Subsidiary, in each case, to the extent that the guaranteed Indebtedness was permitted
to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes, then the Guarantee must be subordinated or pari passu, as
applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; 
 (10) the incurrence by the Company or any of
its Restricted of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a
bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days; 

(12) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of guarantees, indemnities or obligations in
respect of purchase price adjustments, earn-outs or similar obligations in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets or a Subsidiary; 
 (13) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Persons (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock incurred in anticipation of such acquisition or merger) that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, either (a) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as provided under this Section 4.09 or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition;

 (14) the incurrence by Foreign Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time
outstanding pursuant to this clause (14), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (14), not to exceed $10.0 million (or
the equivalent thereof, measured at the time of each incurrence, in the applicable foreign currency); 
 (15)
the incurrence by the Company or any of the Guarantors of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew,
refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (15), not to exceed $5.0 million; and 
 (16) the incurrence by the Company of additional subordinated Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any such subordinated Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (16), not to exceed $10.0 million. 

  
 65 

 The Company will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness
(including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the
applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue
of being secured on a junior priority basis. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event
that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (16) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company will be
permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities
(including ABL Obligations) outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the
definition of Permitted Debt. 
 The accrual of interest or preferred stock dividends, the accretion or amortization of original
issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles and the payment of dividends on
preferred stock or Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock for
purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the
incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be utilized, calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was
incurred. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a
result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. 
 The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will
be: 
 (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue
discount; 
 (2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

 (3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the
lesser of: 
 (A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and 

(B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person. 

  
 66 

	Section	4.10 Asset Sales. 

 The
Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 

(1) with respect to any Asset Sale not constituting a Casualty Event, the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or
otherwise disposed of; 
 (2) with respect to any Asset Sale not constituting a Casualty Event, at least 75% of
the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash: 

(A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation or indemnity
agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from or indemnifies against further liability; 
 (B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are within 60 days of the Asset Sale and subject to ordinary settlement
periods, converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; 
 (C) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (3) or (4) of the next paragraph of this Section 4.10; and 

(D) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having
an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (D) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $10.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated
Non-cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; and 

(3) in the case of an Asset Sale that constitutes a sale of Notes Priority Collateral, the Company or the applicable
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, promptly deposits the Net Proceeds therefrom immediately upon receipt thereof as Collateral into one or more accounts held by or under the “control” of (within the meaning of the Uniform
Commercial Code) the Collateral Trustee or its agent as security for the Notes pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee pending application in accordance with the following paragraph; provided that no such
deposit will be required except to the extent the aggregate Net Proceeds from all sales of Notes Priority Collateral that are not held in a Collateral Proceeds Account exceeds $10.0 million. 

  
 67 

 Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale other than
(1) a Sale of Notes Priority Collateral, or (2) a Sale of a Guarantor, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds at its option and to the extent it so elects: 

(1) to repay any Indebtedness and other Obligations that are secured by a Permitted Prior Lien; 

(2) to repay Indebtedness and other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than
Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (3) to acquire all or
substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(4) to make an Investment in Replacement Assets or make a capital expenditure in or that is used or useful in a Permitted
Business; or 
 (5) any combination of the foregoing; 

provided that the Company will be deemed to have complied with the provisions described in clauses (3) and (4) of this
paragraph if and to the extent that, within 360 days after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Proceeds, the Company has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to acquire the assets or Capital Stock of a Permitted Business,
make an Investment in Replacement Assets or make a capital expenditure in compliance with the provision described in clauses (3) and (4) of this paragraph, and that acquisition, purchase or capital expenditure is thereafter completed
within 180 days after the end of such 360-day period. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 

Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale that constitutes (1) a Sale of Notes Priority Collateral or
(2) a Sale of a Guarantor, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply an amount equal to such Net Proceeds: 
 (1) to make an Investment in other assets or property that would constitute Notes Priority Collateral; 
 (2) to make an Investment in Capital Stock of another Permitted Business if, after giving effect to such Investment, the Permitted Business becomes a Guarantor or is merged into or consolidated with the
Company or any Guarantor; 
 (3) to make a capital expenditure with respect to assets that constitute Notes
Priority Collateral; 
 (4) to repay Indebtedness secured by a Permitted Prior Lien on any Notes Priority
Collateral that was sold in such Asset Sale; 
 (5) to repay, repurchase or redeem Parity Lien Obligations
(including Parity Lien Obligations under the Notes); provided that the Company shall equally and ratably redeem or repurchase the Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at
or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an 

  
 68 

 
offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders to purchase the Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but
unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or 

(6) any combination of the foregoing; 
 provided that the Company will be deemed to have complied with the provisions described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this paragraph if, and to the extent that, within 360 days after the Asset
Sale that generated the Net Proceeds, the Company has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to make an Investment in assets or property that would constitute Notes Priority Collateral or make an Investment in Capital Stock
of another Permitted Business or to make a capital expenditure with respect to assets that constitute Notes Priority Collateral in compliance with the provisions described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this paragraph, and that purchase or
capital expenditure is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 360-day period. 
 Pending the final
application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the second and third paragraphs of this
Section 4.10 will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” Within 15 Business Days after the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of
other Parity Lien Obligations containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of
Notes and such other Parity Lien Obligations that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price for the Notes and any other Parity Lien Obligations in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal
amount of the Notes and such other Parity Lien Obligations purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest on the Notes and any other Parity Lien Obligations to the date of purchase, prepayment or redemption, subject to the
rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such
Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Obligations tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and
such other Parity Lien Obligations shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Obligations tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset
at zero. 
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the
provisions of Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this
Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance. 

  
 69 

	Section	4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 

 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase
any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”)
involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $1.0 million, unless: 
 (1) the Affiliate
Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 

(A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $5.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a) and that
such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and 
 (B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such
Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing. 
 (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof: 

(1) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, Officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar
arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto; 
 (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an
Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 
 (4) payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursements
of expenses (pursuant to indemnity arrangements or otherwise) of Officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to Affiliates of the Company;

 (6) Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.07 hereof; 

  
 70 

 (7) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business not to
exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding; 
 (8) any transaction pursuant to any
agreement in existence on the date of this Indenture or any amendment or replacement thereof that, taken in its entirety, is no less favorable to the Company than the agreement as in effect of the date of this Indenture; and 

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods, in each case, in the ordinary
course of business, provided that as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company, such transactions are on terms that are no materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Company or the relevant
Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person. 
  

	Section	4.12 Liens. 

 The Company
will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness or trade payables on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except
Permitted Liens. 
  

	Section	4.13 Business Activities. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses,
except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
  

	Section	4.14 Corporate Existence. 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:

 (1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance
with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and 
 (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or
franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
  

	Section	4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes
repurchased to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any
Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating: 

  
 71 

 (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; 
 (2) the purchase price and the
purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 

(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender
the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the
third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to
withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 
 (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be
equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 The Company will comply with the
requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change in Control. To
the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance. 
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company
will, to the extent lawful: 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant
to the Change of Control Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control
Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 

  
 72 

 The Paying Agent will promptly mail (but in any case not later than five days after the
Change of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in
principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control
Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and purchases all Notes properly tendered
and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. 

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control,
conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. 

 

	Section	4.16 Payments for Consent. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to
all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
  

	Section	4.17 Additional Note Guarantees. 

 If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, then the Company will cause that newly acquired or created Domestic
Subsidiary to provide a Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee within 20 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or
created to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by that Domestic Subsidiary and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of that Domestic Subsidiary, enforceable in accordance with its terms
(subject to customary exceptions); provided that any Domestic Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary need not become a Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary. The form of such supplemental
indenture is attached as Exhibit F hereto. 
  

	Section	4.18 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the
designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if
the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise 

  
 73 

 
meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not
cause a Default. 
 Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the
Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was
permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture
and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company
will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence
of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof,
calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. Any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall
become a Restricted Subsidiary for all purposes of this Indenture and the other Note Documents upon the delivery to the Trustee of a certified copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’
Certificate of the Company certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions. 
 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 
  

	Section	5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. 

 The Company will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless: 

(1) either: 
 (A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or 
 (B) the Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States,
any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; and, if such entity is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under any such laws; 

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Parity Lien Security Documents, pursuant to
agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

  
 74 

 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default
exists; and 
 (4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other
than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had
occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (i) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or (ii) have had
a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio greater than the actual Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company for such four-quarter period. 
 In addition,
the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. This Section 5.01 will
not apply to any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and the Guarantors. Clauses (3) and (4) of this Section 5.01 will not apply to (1) any merger or
consolidation of the Company with or into one of its Restricted Subsidiaries for any purpose or (2) with or into an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction. 

 

	Section	5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. 

 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is
subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the
“Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company
herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the
Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof. 

ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  

	Section	6.01 Events of Default. 

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes; 

(2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium on, if
any, the Notes; 
 (3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the
provisions of Sections 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 hereof; 

  
 75 

 (4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days
after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with Sections 4.07, 4.09 or 4.12 hereof; 

(5) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee
or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture; 

(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured
or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or
is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default: 
 (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of,
premium on, if any, or interest on, if any, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or 

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under
which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more; 
 (7) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $10.0 million, which judgments are
not paid, discharged or stayed, for a period of 60 days; 
 (8) the occurrence of any of the following:

 (A) any Parity Lien Security Document for the benefit of Holders of the Notes is held in any judicial
proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect in any material respect, other than in accordance with the terms of the relevant Parity Lien Security Documents; provided, however, that it
shall not be an Event of Default under this clause (8)(A) if the sole result of the failure of one or more Parity Lien Security Documents to be fully enforceable is that any Parity Lien purported to be granted under such Parity Lien Security
Document on Collateral, individually or in the aggregate having a Fair Market Value of not more than $2.5 million ceases to be an enforceable and perfected security interest, not subject to any Liens prior to the Parity Liens other than Permitted
Prior Liens; or 
 (B) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Parity Lien for the benefit of Holders of the
Notes purported to be granted under any Parity Lien Security Document for the benefit of Holders of the Notes on Collateral, individually or in the aggregate, having a Fair Market Value in excess of $5.0 million ceases to be an enforceable and
perfected first-priority Lien in any material respect, subject only to Permitted Prior Liens, and such condition continues for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee or the 

  
 76 

 
Collateral Trustee of failure to comply with such requirement; provided that it will not be an Event of Default under this clause 8(B) if such condition results from the action or inaction of the
Trustee or the Collateral Trustee; or 
 (C) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary that is a Guarantor (or
any such Guarantors that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or any Person acting on behalf of any of them, denies or disaffirms, in writing, any material obligation of the Company or such Significant Subsidiary that is a Guarantor
(or such Guarantors that together constitute a Significant Subsidiary) set forth in or arising under any Parity Lien Security Document for the benefit of Holders of the Notes; 

(9) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code: 
 (A) commences a voluntary case, 
 (B) consents to the entry of an
order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 
 (C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or
for all or substantially all of its property, 
 (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its
creditors, or 
 (E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; 

(10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under the Bankruptcy Code that: 

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
 (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 
 (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 

(11) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or
invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 

  
 77 

	Section	6.02 Acceleration. 

 In
the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (9) or (10) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of
the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. 
 Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately. 

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as a result of the
acceleration of any Indebtedness described in clause (6) of Section 6.01 hereof, the declaration of the acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the holders of any Indebtedness described in clause (6) of
Section 6.01 hereof have rescinded the declaration of acceleration in respect of such Indebtedness within 60 days of the date of such declaration and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any
judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived and
(3) remedies have not been taken with respect to Notes Priority Collateral securing such Indebtedness. 
 The Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders of all the Notes, rescind an acceleration and its consequences hereunder, if the rescission would not conflict
with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured
or waived. 
  

	Section	6.03 Other Remedies. 

 If
an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any
provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes
or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or
acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
  

	Section	6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 

 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event
of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to
purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such
acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

  
 78 

	Section	6.05 Control by Majority. 

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be
unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
  

	Section	6.06 Limitation on Suits. 

No Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the
Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee
security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee
does not comply with such request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request. 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority
over another Holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such by a Holder use prejudices the rights of, or obtains a preference or priority over, another Holder). 

 

	Section	6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Note, on
or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the
consent of such Holder; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under
applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture upon any property subject to such Lien. 
  

	Section	6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 

 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust
against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if 

  
 79 

 
any, remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of
collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  

	Section	6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property
and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments
to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts
due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money,
securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee
to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of
any Holder in any such proceeding. 
  

	Section	6.10 Priorities. 

 If the
Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment
of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, respectively; and 
 Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
  

	Section	6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 

 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the
filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its 

  
 80 

 
discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses
made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
  

	Section	7.01 Duties of Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under similar circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are
specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of
mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this
paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (2) the Trustee will not
be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with
a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every
provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under
this Indenture at the request of any Holder, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense. 

  
 81 

 (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the
Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  

	Section	7.02 Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document believed by it to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take
in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability
in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee
may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be
sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
 (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be
incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (g) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for
special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the
form of action. 
 (h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Note and this
Indenture. 
 (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without
limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(j) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

  
 82 

	Section	7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 

 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if
it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA)
or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
  

	Section	7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

 The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds
from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and
it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 

 

	Section	7.05 Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a
notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, any Note, the Trustee may
withhold the notice, and shall be protected in withholding such notice, if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the
withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of the Notes. 
  

	Section	7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

 (a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the
Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §313(a) (but if no event described in TIA §313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee
also will comply with TIA §313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA §313(c). 

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by
the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA §313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

  

	Section	7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 

 (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for all services rendered by it hereunder. The
Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it
in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 

  
 83 

 (b) The Company and the Guarantors will indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses,
liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors
(including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties
hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its gross negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so
notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the
Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture. 
 (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the
Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, particular Notes. Such Lien will
survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(9) or (10) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under
the Bankruptcy Code. 
 (f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA §313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

  

	Section	7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 

 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this
Section 7.08. 
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so
notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee
under the Bankruptcy Code; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

  
 84 

 (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for
any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to
replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after
the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor Trustee. 
 (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months,
fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders.
The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

 

	Section	7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will
be the successor Trustee. 
  

	Section	7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 

 There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws
to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of
condition. 
 This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §310(a)(1), (2) and (5).
The Trustee is subject to TIA §310(b). 
  

	Section	7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 

 The Trustee is subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA §311(a) to the extent
indicated therein. 

  
 85 

 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a
resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter,
“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note
Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their
other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will
survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to
receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof; 

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the
Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (4) this Article 8. 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior
exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each
of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16,
4.17, 4.18 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”),
and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be
deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to

  
 86 

 
the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such
covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not
constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise
under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) and (11) hereof will not
constitute Events of Default. 
 Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S.
dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal
of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being
defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date; 
 (2) in the case of an election
under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that: 
 (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income
tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such
deposit (and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness), and the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings); 

  
 87 

 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach
or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture and the agreements governing any other Indebtedness being defeased, discharged or replaced) to which the Company or any of the Guarantors
is a party or by which the Company or any of the Guarantors is bound; 
 (6) the Company must deliver to the
Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any
creditors of the Company or others; and 
 (7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
 Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of
this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to
the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any,
interest and Additional Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04
hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the
request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 Section 8.06 Repayment to Company. 
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, any
Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged
from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as
trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and

  
 88 

 
The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such
notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
 Section 8.07
Reinstatement. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities
in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the
Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any,
on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee (or, in the case of the Parity Lien Security Documents pursuant
to clause (15) below, the Collateral Trustee) may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Parity Lien Security Documents: 

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and
Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof; 

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not
adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder in any material respect; 
 (5) to comply with the
requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (6)
to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or any Parity Lien Security Documents to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in that
“Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and Parity Lien Security Documents, which intent may be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate to that
effect; 
 (7) to enter into additional or supplemental Parity Lien Security Documents; 

  
 89 

 (8) to release Collateral in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and
the Parity Lien Security Documents; 
 (9) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with
the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof; 
 (10) to evidence and provide for the
acceptance and appointment (x) under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder or (y) under the Parity Lien Security Documents of a Collateral Trustee thereunder; 

(11) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the Notes as
permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being
transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities laws and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of the Holders of the Notes to transfer the Notes; 

(12) to make, complete or confirm any grant of Collateral permitted or required by this Indenture or any of the Parity
Lien Security Documents or any release of Collateral that becomes effective as set forth in this Indenture or any of the Parity Lien Security Documents; 
 (13) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes; 
 (14) to modify the Parity Lien Security Documents to reflect additional extensions of credit and additional secured creditors holding secured obligations, so long as such secured obligations are not
prohibited by this Indenture or any other security document; or 
 (15) to the extent required by the
Intercreditor Agreement. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing
the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or
supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or
supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 Section 9.02 With
Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the
Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof), the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Parity Lien Security Documents with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or
purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if
any, on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of such documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, 

  
 90 

 
Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes).
Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of
evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the
execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its
discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 
 It is not necessary for the
consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes
affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental
indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any
provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions
with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof); 
 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 
 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the
Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of
Notes to receive payments of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes; 
 (7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.10 or 4.15 hereof); 

  
 91 

 (8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note
Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 
 (9) make any change in
the preceding amendment and waiver provisions. 
 In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of this Indenture
or any Parity Lien Security Document that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes will require the consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding (but only to the extent such consent is required under the Collateral Trust Agreement). 
 Section 9.03 Compliance
with Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or
supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent
by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or
subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in
accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company
in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee will
sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or
supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying
upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

  
 92 

 ARTICLE 10 
 COLLATERAL SECURITY 
 Section 10.01 Security Interest. 

The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes when and as
the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any (to the
extent permitted by law), on the Notes and performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders of Notes or the Trustee under this Indenture and the Notes (including, without limitation, the Note Guarantees), according to the terms
hereunder or thereunder, are secured as provided in the Parity Lien Security Documents. Each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of the Parity Lien Security Documents (including, without limitation, the
provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms and authorizes and directs the Collateral Trustee to enter into the Parity Lien Security
Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. The Company will deliver to the Trustee copies of all documents delivered to the Collateral Trustee pursuant to the Parity Lien Security Documents,
and will do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary or proper, or as may be required by the provisions of the Parity Lien Security Documents, to assure and confirm to the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee the security
interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Parity Lien Security Documents or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes. The
Company will take, and will cause its Subsidiaries to take, upon request of the Trustee, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Parity Lien Security Documents to create and maintain, as security for the Obligations of the Company
hereunder, a valid and enforceable perfected first priority Lien in and on all the Collateral, in favor of the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of Notes, superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons and subject to no
other Liens than Permitted Liens. 
 Section 10.02 Intercreditor Agreement. 

This Article 10 and the provisions of each other Parity Lien Security Document are subject to the terms, conditions and benefits set
forth in the Intercreditor Agreement. The Company and each Guarantor consent to, and agree to be bound by, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and to perform their respective obligations
thereunder in accordance with the terms therewith. 
 Section 10.03 Collateral Trust Agreement. 

This Article 10 and the provisions of each other Parity Lien Security Document are subject to the terms, conditions and benefits set
forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement. The Company and each Guarantor consent to, and agree to be bound by, the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and to perform their respective obligations
thereunder in accordance with the terms therewith. 
 Section 10.04 Equal and Ratable Sharing of Collateral by Holders of Parity Lien
Obligations. 
 (a) Notwithstanding: 

(1) anything to the contrary contained in the Parity Lien Security Documents; 

  
 93 

 (2) the time of incurrence of any Series of Parity Lien Debt; 

(3) the order or method of attachment or perfection of any Liens securing any Series of Parity Lien Debt; 

(4) the time or order of filing or recording of financing statements, mortgages or other documents filed or recorded to
perfect any Lien upon any Collateral; 
 (5) the time of taking possession or control over any Collateral;

 (6) that any Parity Lien may not have been perfected or may be or have become subordinated, by equitable
subordination or otherwise, to any other Lien; or 
 (7) the rules for determining priority under any law
governing relative priorities of Liens: 
 (i) all Parity Liens granted at any time by the Company or any Guarantor will secure,
equally and ratably, all present and future Parity Lien Obligations; and (ii) all proceeds of all Parity Liens granted at any time by the Company or any Guarantor will be allocated and distributed equally and ratably on account of the Parity
Lien Obligations. 
 (b) The provisions set forth in this Section 10.04(a) are intended for the benefit of, and will be
enforceable as a third party beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Parity Lien Obligations, each present and future Parity Lien Debt Representative and the Collateral Trustee as holder of Parity Liens. The Parity Lien Debt Representative
of each future Series of Parity Lien Debt will be required to deliver a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation to the Collateral Trustee and the Trustee at the time of incurrence of such Series of Parity Lien Debt. 

Section 10.05 Release of Liens in Respect of Notes. 
 The Collateral Trustee’s Parity Liens upon the Collateral will no longer secure the Notes outstanding under this Indenture or any other Obligations under this Indenture, and the right of the Holders
of the Notes and such Obligations to the benefits and proceeds of the Collateral Trustee’s Parity Liens on the Collateral will terminate and be discharged: 

(1) upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, in accordance with Article 13 hereof; 

(2) upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of the Notes in accordance with Article 8 hereof; 

(3) upon payment in full and discharge of all Notes outstanding under this Indenture and all other Obligations that are
outstanding, due and payable under this Indenture at the time the Notes are paid in full in cash and discharged; or 
 (4) in whole or in part, with the consent of the Holders of the requisite percentage of Notes in accordance with Article 9 hereof. 
 Section 10.06 Relative Rights. 
 Nothing in the Note Documents will:

  
 94 

 (1) impair, as between the Company and the Holders of Notes, the obligation
of the Company to pay principal of, premium and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms or any other obligation of the Company or any Guarantor; 
 (2) affect the relative rights of Holders of Notes as against any other creditors of the Company or any Guarantor (other than holders of ABL Liens, Permitted Prior Liens or other Parity Liens);

 (3) restrict the right of any Holder of Notes to sue for payments that are then due and owing (but not
enforce any judgment in respect thereof against any Collateral to the extent specifically prohibited by the Intercreditor Agreement); 
 (4) restrict or prevent any holder of Notes or other Parity Lien Obligations, the Collateral Trustee or any Parity Lien Debt Representative from exercising any of its rights or remedies upon a Default or
Event of Default not specifically restricted or prohibited by the Intercreditor Agreement; or 
 (5) restrict or
prevent any holder of Notes or other Parity Lien Obligations, the Collateral Trustee or any Parity Lien Debt Representative from taking any lawful action in an Insolvency Proceeding not specifically restricted or prohibited by the Intercreditor
Agreement. 
 Section 10.07 Further Assurances; Insurance. 

(a) The Company and each of the Guarantors shall do or cause to be done all acts and things that may be required, or that the Collateral
Trustee from time to time may reasonably request, to assure and confirm that the Collateral Trustee holds, for the benefit of the holders of Parity Lien Obligations, duly created and enforceable and perfected Parity Liens upon the Collateral
(including any property or assets that are acquired or otherwise become Collateral after the Notes are issued), in each case, as contemplated by, and with the Lien priority required under, the Parity Lien Documents. 

(b) Upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Trustee or any Parity Lien Debt Representative at any time and from time to time, the
Company and each of the Guarantors will promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such Parity Lien Security Documents, instruments, certificates, notices and other documents, and take such other actions as shall be reasonably required, or that the
Collateral Trustee may reasonably request, to create, perfect, protect, assure or enforce the Liens and benefits intended to be conferred, in each case as contemplated by the Parity Lien Documents for the benefit of the holders of Parity Lien
Obligations. 
 (c) The Company and the Guarantors will: 

(1) keep their properties adequately insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers; 

(2) maintain such other insurance, to such extent and against such risks (and with such deductibles, retentions and
exclusions), including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage and coverage for acts of terrorism, as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including public
liability insurance against claims for personal injury or death or property damage occurring upon, in, about or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or controlled by them; 

(3) maintain such other insurance as may be required by law; 

  
 95 

 (4) maintain title insurance on all real property Collateral insuring the
Collateral Trustee’s Parity Lien on that property, subject only to Permitted Prior Liens and other exceptions to title approved by the Collateral Trustee; provided that title insurance need only be maintained on any particular parcel of real
property having a Fair Market Value of more than $1.0 million; and 
 (5) maintain such other insurance as may
be required by the Parity Lien Security Documents. 
 (d) Upon the request of the Collateral Trustee, the Company and the
Guarantors will furnish to the Collateral Trustee full information as to their property and liability insurance carriers. Holders of Parity Lien Obligations, as a class, will be named as additional insureds, with a waiver of subrogation, on all
insurance policies of the Company and the Guarantors and the Collateral Trustee will be named as loss payee, with 30 days’ notice of cancellation or material change, on all property and casualty insurance policies of the Company and the
Guarantors. 
  

	Section	10.08. Release of Collateral. 

 (a) The Collateral subject to the Parity Lien Security Documents may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Parity Lien Security Documents at any time or from time to time in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Parity Lien Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Trust Agreement. 
 (b) The release of any Collateral shall not be deemed to impair the security in contravention of the provisions of this Indenture if and to the extent such assets are released pursuant to the terms of
this Indenture, the Parity Lien Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Trust Agreement. 
 (c) In
the event that the Company seeks to release the Collateral, the Company shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee setting forth that the specified release complies with the terms of this Indenture, the
Parity Lien Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any the Collateral Trust Agreement. 
 (d) Subject to the terms
and conditions of the relevant Parity Lien Security Documents, the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee shall, if so requested by the Company in writing and based solely upon the Officer’s Certificate and
opinion of counsel delivered to the Trustee in preceding clause (c) above, authorize the Collateral Trustee to execute, deliver or acknowledge any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release to evidence the release
of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Parity Lien Security Documents, the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement. 

 

	Section	10.09. After-acquired property. 

 Subject to Permitted Liens, the terms of the Parity Lien Security Documents, upon the acquisition by the Company or any Guarantor after the date of issuance of the Initial Notes of any assets, including,
but not limited to, any after-acquired owned real property, which has a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors) of $1.0 million or greater at the time of acquisition, the Company or such Guarantor
shall execute and deliver: 
 (1) such Mortgages and financing statements; 

  
 96 

 (2) a mortgagee’s title insurance policy reasonably acceptable to the
Collateral Trustee insuring a first priority lien with respect to each such property, subject to Section 10.07(c)(4); 
 (3) surveys, phase one environmental reports, appraisals; and other material due diligence reasonably requested by the Collateral Trustee; and 

(4) a customary opinion of local counsel relating to the enforceability of the Mortgages; 

in each case, as may be necessary to vest in the Collateral Trustee a perfected security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens, in
such after-acquired property and to have such after-acquired property added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture, the Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Parity Lien Security
Documents relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such after-acquired property to the same extent and with the same force and effect. 
 ARTICLE 11 
 NOTE GUARANTEES 

 

	Section	11.01 Guarantee. 

 As of
the date hereof, the Company has only two Subsidiaries, which Subsidiaries will not guarantee the Notes. The Notes will be guaranteed by each of the Company’s future Domestic Subsidiaries, other than Immaterial Subsidiaries. Such future
Guarantors will agree as follows upon becoming a party to this Indenture: 
 (a) Subject to this Article 11, each of the
Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this
Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 
 (1) the principal of,
premium on, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest
and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and
thereof; and 
 (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other
obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly
and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
 (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to
enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the

  
 97 

 
same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment,
filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be
discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (c) If any Holder or
the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the
Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 

(d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any
obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of
the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations
guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the
purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee. 

Section 11.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the
Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of
such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor
under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
 Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 
 To
evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each
Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note
Guarantee. 

  
 98 

 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds
that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 

In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this
Indenture, if required by Section 4.17 hereof, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.17 hereof and this Article 11, to the extent applicable. 

 

	Section	11.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 

 Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or
not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 
 (1)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
 (2) either: 

(a) (i) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (the “Successor Guarantor”) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under its Note Guarantee, this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Parity Lien Security Documents
pursuant to a supplemental indenture and appropriate Parity Lien Security Documents satisfactory to the Trustee; (ii) the Successor Guarantor causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded
in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Liens under the applicable Parity Lien Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Guarantor, together with such financing
statements as may be required to perfect any security interests in such Collateral which may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant jurisdiction; (iii) the Collateral owned by or
transferred to the Successor Guarantor shall: (A) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the applicable Parity Lien Security Documents, (B) be subject to Liens in favor of the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the
Holders of the Notes and any other Parity Lien Obligations and (C) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens; and (iv) the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Guarantor,
to the extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral under the applicable Parity Lien Security Documents, shall be treated as after-acquired property and the Successor Guarantor shall take such action as may
be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the applicable Parity Lien Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture and the Parity Lien Security Documents; or

 (b) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable
provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof. 
 In case of any such consolidation,
merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in 

  
 99 

 
form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor,
such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed
upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as
the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses 2(a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture
or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the
Company or another Guarantor. 
  

	Section	11.05 Releases. 

(a) In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger,
consolidation or otherwise, to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then the corporation acquiring the property will be released and relieved of any
obligations under the Note Guarantee; 
 (b) In the event of any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of such Guarantor to
a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and such Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of the sale or other
disposition, then such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; 
 provided, in both cases,
that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee
will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 (c) Upon designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any
obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 (d) Upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 12 hereof, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 (e) Upon the dissolution of a Guarantor if its assets are distributed to the Company or another Guarantor, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee.

 Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 11.05 will remain
liable for the full amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11. 

  
 100

 ARTICLE 12 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 

(1) either: 
 (a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to
the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (b) all Notes that have not been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused
to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any
reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of maturity or redemption;

 (2) in respect of subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 12.01, no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case,
the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any
Guarantor is bound (other than with respect to the borrowing of funds to be applied concurrently to make the deposit required to effect such satisfaction and discharge and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and in each
case the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings); 
 (3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to
be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
 (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable
instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 12.01, the provisions of Sections 12.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 12.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07
hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

  
 101

	Section	12.02 Application of Trust Money. 

 Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the
provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium,
if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof by
reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional
Interest, if any, on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying
Agent. 
 ARTICLE 13 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  

	Section	13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control. 
 Section 13.02 Notices. 
 Any notice or communication by the Company,
any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day
delivery, to the others’ address: 
 If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 

Goodman Networks Incorporated 
 6400 International Parkway, Suite 1000 
 Plano, TX 70593 

Facsimile No.: (972) 243-3931 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 With a copy to: 

Haynes and Boone, LLP 
 2323 Victory Avenue, Suite 700 
 Dallas, TX 75219, 

Facsimile No.: (214) 200-0577 
 Attention: Greg Samuel, Esq. 

  
 102

 If to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 1445 Ross Avenue,
2nd Floor 

MAC T5303-022 

Dallas, TX 75202 

Facsimile No.: (214) 777-4086 
 Attention: Patrick Giordano 
 The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice
to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and
communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt
acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address
shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA §313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it
will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided
above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If the Company mails a notice
or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
  

	Section	13.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have
the protection of TIA §312(c). 
  

	Section	13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the
statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 

  
 103

 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 

 

	Section	13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA §314(a)(4)) must comply with the
provisions of TIA §314(e) and must include: 
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or
opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such
covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
  

	Section	13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 

 

	Section	13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any
obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Documents, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a
Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 

 

	Section	13.08 Governing Law. 

 THE
INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER
JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  

	Section	13.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be
used to interpret this Indenture. 

  
 104

	Section	13.10 Successors. 

 All
agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as
otherwise provided in Section 11.05 hereof. 
  

	Section	13.11 Severability. 

 In
case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

 

	Section	13.12 Counterpart Originals. 

 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 

 

	Section	13.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this
Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  

	Section	13.14 Waiver of Jury Trial. 

 EACH OF THE COMPANY, EACH GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
  

	Section	13.15 Force Majeure. 

 In
no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work
stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services.

 [Signatures on following page] 

  
 105

 SIGNATURES 
  

							
	Dated as of June 23, 2011	 		 	

  

			
	Goodman Networks Incorporated
		
	By:	 	/s/ John Goodman
		 	Name: John Goodman
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
		
	By:	 	/s/ Patrick Giordano

		 	Name: Patrick Giordano

		 	Title: Vice President

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 EXHIBIT A1 
 [Face of Note] 
 CUSIP/ISIN ____________ 

12.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 
  

			
	No.         	  	$                           
          

 GOODMAN NETWORKS INCORPORATED 
 promises to pay to                  or registered assigns, 
 the principal sum of
                                         
                                         
                                         
                          DOLLARS 
 on                             , 20
        . 
 Interest Payment Dates: January 1 and July 1 

Record Dates: December 15 and June 15 

Dated:
                            , 20          

 

			
	GOODMAN NETWORKS INCORPORATED
		
	By: 	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 This is one of the Notes referred to 
 in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee

		
	By: 	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A1-1

 [Back of Note] 
 12.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant
to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise
indicated. 
 (1) INTEREST. Goodman Networks Incorporated, a Texas
corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at 12.125% per annum from
                        ,          until maturity and shall pay the
Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on January 1 and July 1 of each year, or if any
such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid,
from the date of issuance; provided that, if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date;
provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be                         ,
            . The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the
then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any (without regard
to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Interest will be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 (2) METHOD OF
PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the December 15 or
June 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.
The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any,
may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of, premium on, if any,
interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United
States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
 (3)
PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may
change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

  
 A1-2

 (4) INDENTURE AND PARITY
LIEN SECURITY DOCUMENTS. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 23, 2011 (the “Indenture”) between the Company and the Trustee. The terms
of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the
extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are secured obligations of the Company and are secured pursuant to the Parity Lien
Security Documents referred to in the Indenture. 
 (5) OPTIONAL
REDEMPTION. 
 (a) At any time prior to July 1, 2014, the Company may on any one or more
occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 112.125% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date) with the net cash proceeds of an
Equity Offering by the Company or a capital contribution to the Company’s common equity made with the net cash proceeds of a concurrent Equity Offering by the Company’s direct or indirect parent; provided that: 

(A) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held
by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 
 (B) the redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 
 (b) At any time prior to July 1, 2015, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 (c) Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs,
the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to July 1, 2015. 
 (d) On or after July 1, 2015,
the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the
relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2015
	  	 	106.063	% 
	 2016
	  	 	103.031	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 A1-3

 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (6) MANDATORY
REDEMPTION. The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 (7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER. 

(a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each
Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”), subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within 15 Business Days after the aggregate
amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Parity Lien Obligations containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to
offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Obligations that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess
Proceeds. The offer price for the Notes and any other Parity Lien Obligations in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other Parity Lien Obligations purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest on the Notes and any other Parity Lien Obligations to the date of purchase, prepayment or redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment
date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of
Notes and such other Parity Lien Obligations tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other Parity Lien Obligations shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes
and such other Parity Lien Obligations tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the
Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days
before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60
days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 12 thereof. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of
$2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased. 

  
 A1-4

 (9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the
Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 

(10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a
Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders have rights under the Indenture. 
 (11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and
the Parity Lien Security Documents may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and
any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of such documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any,
voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Parity Lien Security Documents may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor
pursuant to the Indenture, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder in all material respects, to comply
with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or any Parity Lien Security Documents to any provision of the
“Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated June 16, 2011, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be
a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Parity Lien Security Documents, which intent may be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate to that effect, to enter into additional or supplemental
Parity Lien Security Documents, to release Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Parity Lien Security Documents, to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the
Indenture, to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment (i) under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder or (ii) under the Parity Lien Security Documents of a Collateral Trustee thereunder, to make any amendment to
the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that
(i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities laws and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the
rights of the Holders of the Notes to transfer the Notes, to make, complete or confirm any grant of Collateral permitted or required by the Indenture or any of the Parity Lien Security Documents or any release of Collateral that becomes effective as
set forth in the Indenture or any of the Parity Lien Security Documents; to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes; to modify the Parity Lien Security Documents to reflect additional
extensions of credit 

  
 A1-5

 
and additional secured creditors holding secured obligations, so long as such secured obligations are not prohibited by the Indenture or any other security document; or to the extent required by
the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 (12) DEFAULTS AND
REMEDIES. The Notes are subject to the Defaults and Events of Default set forth in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with
respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will
become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the
Notes to be due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the
time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of
Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all the Holders, rescind an acceleration or waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its respective consequences under the Indenture except a
continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase). The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee
annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 

(13) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The
Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 

(14) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No
director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim
based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver
may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
 (15)
AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 

(16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or
an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

  
 A1-6

 (17) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF
HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights
provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 23, 2011, among the Company, any
future Guarantors that become a party to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Initial Purchasers, and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted
Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, any Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of
any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreements”). 
 (18) CUSIP
AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and corresponding ISIN numbers to be printed on
the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and corresponding ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice
of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 (19)
GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE
APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon
written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreements. Requests may be made to: 
 Goodman
Networks Incorporated 
 6400 International Parkway, Suite 1000 
 Plano, TX 70593 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 A1-7

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

					
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: 	  	 
		  	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

  
  

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s
name, address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                                         
                                         
                                         
      to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 Date:
                         

 

			
		
	Your Signature:	 	 
	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)      
          

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                 

 

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A1-8

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO
ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 
  

			
	ŇSection 4.10	  	ŇSection 4.15

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10
or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
 $
                         
 Date:                          

 

			
		
	Your Signature: 	 	 
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
		
	Tax Identification No.: 	 	 

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                     

 

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A1-9

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 
 The following
exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of 
this Global
Note
	 	 Amount of increase in

Principal Amount of 
this Global Note
	 	 Principal Amount of

this Global Note

following such

decrease 
(or increase)
	 	 Signature of authorized

officer of Trustee or
 Custodian

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A1-10

 EXHIBIT A2 
 [Face of Regulation S Temporary Global Note] 
 CUSIP/ISIN __________ 

12.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 
  

			
	No. ___	 	$__________

 GOODMAN NETWORKS INCORPORATED 
 promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.] or registered assigns, 
 the principal sum of
__________________________________________________________ DOLLARS on _____________, 20__. 
 Interest Payment Dates: January 1 and
July 1 
 Record Dates: December 15 and June 15 
 Dated: _______________, 20__ 
  

					
	GOODMAN NETWORKS INCORPORATED
			
	By:	 	 	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

 This is one of the Notes referred to 
 in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A2-1

 [Back of Regulation S Temporary Global Note] 

12.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 
 THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).
NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON. 
 THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY
PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT
OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS
A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,
AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION
HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN
RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER
IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, OR (C) IT IS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES 

  
 A2-2

 
ACT AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO OUR COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”
AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS
AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN
“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW
TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO OUR COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR
(F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS
COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise
indicated. 
 (1) INTEREST. Goodman Networks Incorporated, a Texas
corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 12.125% per annum from ________________, 20[ ] until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to
Section 4 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on January 1 and July 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day,
on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance;
provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such
next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be _____________, 20[ ]. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on
overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the
Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

  
 A2-3

 Until this Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchanged for one or more Regulation S
Permanent Global Notes, the Holder hereof shall not be entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full, this Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same benefits as other Notes
under the Indenture. 
 (2) METHOD OF
PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the December 15 or
June 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.
The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Additional Interest,
if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of, premium on, if
any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the
United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.
Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may
act in any such capacity. 
 (4) INDENTURE AND PARITY
LIEN SECURITY DOCUMENTS. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 23, 2011 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the
Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of
such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are secured obligations of the Company and are secured pursuant
to the Parity Lien Security Documents referred to in the Indenture. 
 (5) OPTIONAL
REDEMPTION. 
 (a) Except as set forth in subparagraphs (b) and (c) of this
Paragraph 5, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to July 1, 2015. On or after July 1, 2015, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than
60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed
during the twelve-month period beginning on July 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date: 

  
 A2-4

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2015
	  	 	106.063	% 
	 2016
	  	 	103.031	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the
provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to July 1, 2014, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture, upon not less than
30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 112.125% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of
Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date) with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering by the Company or a capital contribution to the Company’s common equity made with the net
cash proceeds of a concurrent Equity Offering by the Company’s direct or indirect parent; provided that: 
 (A) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the
occurrence of such redemption; and 
 (B) the redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of
such Equity Offering. 
 (c) At any time prior to July 1, 2015, the Company may on any one or more
occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 

(6) MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Company is not be required to make mandatory redemption or
sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 (7) REPURCHASE AT
OPTION OF HOLDER. 
 (a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be
required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal
to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”), subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required
by the Indenture. 
 (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales,
within 15 Business Days after the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Parity Lien Obligations containing provisions similar to those
set forth in the Indenture 

  
 A2-5

 
with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien
Obligations that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price for the Notes and any other Parity Lien Obligations in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other
Parity Lien Obligations purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest on the Notes and any other Parity Lien Obligations to the date of purchase, prepayment or redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not
otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Obligations tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other Parity Lien Obligations
shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Obligations tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are
the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase”
attached to the Notes. 
 (8) NOTICE OF
REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption
notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in
part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. 
 (9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples
of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the
unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the
corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
 This Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchangeable in whole or in
part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the termination of the 40-day distribution compliance period (as defined in Regulation S) and (ii) upon presentation of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if
applicable) required by Article 2 of the Indenture. Upon exchange of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for one or more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this Regulation S Temporary Global Note. 

(10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a
Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
 (11) AMENDMENT,
SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Parity Lien Security Documents may be

  
 A2-6

 
amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single
class, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of such documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional
Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Parity Lien Security Documents may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency,
to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or
such Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder in all material
respects, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or any Parity Lien Security Documents to any
provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated June 16, 2011, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes”
was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Parity Lien Security Documents, which intent may be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate to that effect, to enter into additional
or supplemental Parity Lien Security Documents, to release Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Parity Lien Security Documents, to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth
in the Indenture, to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment (i) under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder or (ii) under the Parity Lien Security Documents of a Collateral Trustee thereunder, to make any
amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that
(i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities laws and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the
rights of the Holders of the Notes to transfer the Notes, to make, complete or confirm any grant of Collateral permitted or required by the Indenture or any of the Parity Lien Security Documents or any release of Collateral that becomes effective as
set forth in the Indenture or any of the Parity Lien Security Documents; to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes; to modify the Parity Lien Security Documents to reflect additional
extensions of credit and additional secured creditors holding secured obligations, so long as such secured obligations are not prohibited by the Indenture or any other security document; or to the extent required by the Intercreditor Agreement.

 (12) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Notes are
subject to the Defaults and Events of Default set forth in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or
notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Holders may not enforce the
Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. 

  
 A2-7

 
The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if
any, interest or Additional Interest, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of
all the Holders, rescind an acceleration or waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its respective consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any,
interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase). The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required,
upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
 (13) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept
deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 

(14) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No
director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim
based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver
may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
 (15)
AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 

(16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or
an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 (17) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF
HOLDERS. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated
as of June 23, 2011, among the Company, any future Guarantors that become a party to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Initial Purchasers, and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes,
Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, any Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the
Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreements”). 
 (18) CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has
caused CUSIP and corresponding ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and corresponding ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers
either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

  
 A2-8

 (19) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL
GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the
Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Goodman Networks Incorporated 

6400 International Parkway, Suite 1000 
 Plano,
TX 70593 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 A2-9

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
                                         
                                         
                                         
          

                       
                 (Insert assignee’s legal name) 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec.
or tax I.D. no.) 
  
  

 
  
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s
name, address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
     to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 Date:
_______________ 
  

			
		
	Your Signature:	 	 
	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee*: _________________________ 

 

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A2-10

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO
ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 
  

			
	ÑSection 4.10	 	ÑSection 4.15

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10
or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
 $_______________ 

Date: _______________ 
  

			
		
	Your Signature:  	 	 

 
			
	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

		
	Tax Identification No.:  	 	 

 Signature Guarantee*: _________________________ 

 

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A2-11

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE 
 The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for an interest in another Global Note, or exchanges of a part of another other Restricted Global Note for an interest in this
Regulation S Temporary Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of 
this Global
Note
	 	 Amount of increase in

Principal Amount of 
this Global Note
	 	 Principal Amount of

this Global Note

following such

decrease 
(or increase)
	 	 Signature of authorized

officer of Trustee or
 Custodian

  
 A2-12

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 Goodman Networks Incorporated 

6400 International Parkway, Suite 1000 
 Plano,
TX 70593 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 1445 Ross Avenue, 2nd Floor 
 MAC T5303-022 

Dallas, TX 75202 
  

	 	Re:	12.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 

 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 23, 2011 (the “Indenture”), between Goodman Networks Incorporated, as issuer (the “Company”), and Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 ___________________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $___________ in such
Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to ___________________________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
 1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule
144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the
beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such
Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be
subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the
Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities
Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such
Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market
and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or
Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act [and/,] (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act [and 

  
 B-1

 
(iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other
than an Initial Purchaser)]. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S [Permanent] Global Note[, the Regulation S Temporary Global Note] and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest
in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial
interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby
further certifies that (check one): 
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is
being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
 or 

(b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary
thereof; 
 or 
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 
 or 

(d)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited
Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation
within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption
claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor
has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
 (a)
 ̈Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the
transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the 

  
 B-2

 
United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed
on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (b)
 ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with
the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States
and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the
Indenture. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

  

	
	
	 
	[Insert Name of Transferor]

  

					
		 	
			
	By:	 	 	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

 Dated: _______________________ 

  
 B-3

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP _________), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or 

 

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP _________); or 

 

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 

 

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP _________), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or 

 

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP _________); or 

 

	 	(iv)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP _________); or 

 

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

 

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-4

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 Goodman Networks Incorporated 

6400 International Parkway, Suite 1000 
 Plano,
TX 70593 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 1445 Ross Avenue, 2nd Floor 
 MAC T5303-022 

Dallas, TX 75202 
  

	 	Re:	12.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 

 (CUSIP [            ]) 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 23, 2011 (the “Indenture”), between Goodman Networks
Incorporated, as issuer (the “Company”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

__________________________, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s]
specified herein, in the principal amount of $____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or
Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
 (a)  ̈ Check if
Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture
and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if
Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner
hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

(c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is

  
 C-1

 
being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes
and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (d)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s
Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been
effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive
Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
 (a)
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the
proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note
and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if
Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note,  ̈ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner
hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global
Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

			
		
		 	 
		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]

  

					
			
	By:	 	 	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

 Dated: ______________________ 

  
 C-2

 EXHIBIT D 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 

Goodman Networks Incorporated 
 6400
International Parkway, Suite 1000 
 Plano, TX 70593 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 1445 Ross Avenue, 2nd Floor 

MAC T5303-022 
 Dallas, TX 75202 

 

	 	Re:	12.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 

 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 23, 2011 (the “Indenture”), between Goodman Networks Incorporated, as issuer (the “Company”), and Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 In connection with our proposed purchase of $____________ aggregate principal amount of: 
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 
 (b)  ̈ a Definitive Note, 
 we
confirm that: 
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain
restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the
Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are
acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified
institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the
Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in
accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to
provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales
thereof are restricted as stated herein. 
 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest
therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We
further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 

  
 D-1

 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts
for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or
beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
		
		 	 
		 	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]

  

					
			
	By:	 	 	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

 Dated: _______________________ 

  
 D-2

 EXHIBIT E 
 FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE 
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term
includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of June 23, 2011 (the
“Indenture”) between Goodman Networks Incorporated (the “Company”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of,
premium on, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional
Interest, if any, on, the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of
time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the
precise terms of the Note Guarantee. 
 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture. 
  

					
	
	[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]
			
	By:	 	 	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  
 E-1

 EXHIBIT F 
 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
________________, among __________________ (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Goodman Networks Incorporated (or its permitted successor), a Texas corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other
Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 

W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of June 23, 2011 providing for the issuance of 12.125% Senior
Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the
terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of
the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration
of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as
follows: 
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The
Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 11 thereof. 

3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator
or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of,
such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities
under the federal securities laws. 
 4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE
USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 

  
 F-1

 6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings
herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 7. THE TRUSTEE.
The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 

  
 F-2

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated: _______________ 

 

					
	
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
			
	By:	 	 	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	GOODMAN NETWORKS INCORPORATED
			
	By:	 	 	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	[EXISTING GUARANTORS]
			
	By:	 	 	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 F-3

 EXHIBIT G 
 FORM OF COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT 

 EXHIBIT H 
 FORM OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT 

 EXHIBIT I 
 FORM OF PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT 

 EXHIBIT J 
 FORM OF TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT 

 EXHIBIT K 
 FORM OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00212-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00212-of-00352.parquet"}]]